Home

SIPLUS CMS4000 X-Tools - User Manual

1. 71 2 2 2 14 Manual scale x Axis Dialog 5 2 dee ee dv etia iind 72 2 2 2 14 1 OVER VIG Ws dere etr ee ertet e dee n regelt tese hates 72 2 2 2 14 2 x Axis Parameters Table icit erc ere ba AER 72 2 2 2 14 3 Menu Bar apro allied laden et id edd dde eta dde stored ele edd Hd edv ede et d tee 73 2 2 2 15 Manual scale y Axis Dialog sse nennen eren 73 2 2 2 15 1 COVEIVIOW 5504 tiere ils eO fe tenet va fe ebrios ctc ct siete cater gc micas haters 73 2 2 2 15 2 y Axis Parameters Table enne dida 73 2 2 2 16 Manual scale Renderer Dialog ooooococoonoccccnnnoccccnononcccnononcncnn nan eene emen 74 2 2 2 16 1 eM 74 2 2 2 16 2 Renderer Parameters Table a PR e eds 74 2 2 2 17 Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas oec teet enden t Ute gare eR dn Le pane EL aiT 75 2 2 3 MTCIN TOO tosca tit neige tais 76 2 2 3 1 erc dc cC EE 76 2 2 3 2 GCUIVe ATO O OS scite Gre Eten eee 7T 2 2 3 3 CANES AIGO ce eim tmm tmi ttim tus ted 81 2 2 3 4 ysAXeS ATO urit tia 83 2 2 3 5 Slider Areas cii tees ee cuta adie eda pea es 85 2 2 3 6 Legend cM 87 2 2 3 7 Toolbar Area eee RO M As 90 2 2 3 8 Measurement Cursors citada 93 2 2 3 9 Advanced GUISOS T cie 94 2 2 3 10 Frequency Markers eddie didi Riedel e dedii e edad dde ed end un 97 2 2 3 11 Using of Cursors and Markers miie aae a TAA nennen 98 2 2 3 11 1 The currently sele
2. 2 2 3 15 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all options back to their default settings Set as Standard Sets the current options as standard options for each new MTC yn T001 The options of already existing MTC yn T001s are not being changed by this operation OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 105 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 3 16 2 2 3 16 1 Chart Styles Dialog Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Chart Styles dialog Default Styles of Data No Data 20 Data 21 Data 22 Data 23 Data 24 Data 25 Data 26 Data 27 2 2 3 16 2 SIPLUS CMS Styles of Controls No Parameter Background of selected Items Inactive EE Restore Defaults Set as Standard Cancel Figure 54 Example of a Chart Styles Dialog of a MTC yn T001 Default Styles of Data Table The Default Styles of Data table contains the default styles of data within the MTC yn T001 Parameter Description Data 01 Data 32 displays the currently chosen color and style for the according data A double click into the Color colum
3. Restore Defaults Set as Standard 4 Cancel Figure 11 Example of a Chart Options Dialog of a MTC Orbit T001 English Release 2012 09 35 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 1 10 2 SIPLUS CMS Chart Options Table The Chart Options table contains the chart options of the MTC Orbit T001 Parameter Description Chart Name allows to enter a name for the chart Time Domain allows to choose the time domain Time Base allows to choose the time base Show Background Grid allows to choose whether the background grid shall be shown within the Curve Area Show Legend allows to choose whether the Legend Area shall be shown Show Toolbar allows to choose whether the Toolbar Area shall be shown Show x Axis allows to choose whether the x Axis Area shall be shown Show y Axis allows to choose whether the y Axis Area shall be shown Show Sliders allows to choose whether the Slider Area shall be shown Rescale x Axis after Open allows to choose whether the x axis shall be scaled automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Rescale x Axis after Action allows to choose whether the x axis shall be scaled automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC Orbit T001 or after a new data has been dropped into the MTC Orbit T001 Rescale y Axis after Open allows to choose whether the y axis shall
4. sss 172 OVGrVIQW itt adie cete e E ce ehe E Coe t e Loi ee utet o E aad 172 yzAxis Parameters Table viii HERE ERRARE ERR D RR E 172 Menu Bar 42s ii Aes Aiea ees ul atacand ee ae aaa ails 173 Manual scale y Axis Dialog for binary y Axes sss eme 173 ea E 173 y Axis Parameters Table sssssssessseeeeenen eene ener 173 Menu Baras io ebat edd eti idet E 173 Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas ssssssssssse eee nennen nere nnne nens 174 MTO VX E00 i hint oerte Mn osten oim md 175 rc ES 175 CUrVe Area i ene ie vede E ib eee iei eite 176 AXIS ACA i rant destra did 180 y AXIS ATOQ icto tette ti togati ned s b quud repa tud ieee bend ides epee Eua Hi ecdt as 182 Slider Area tte c ete p roc cet ce eti d P ede e s 184 Legend Arredo trae eb dh Rb ED ten lod retentis 186 TOOLI Areds o ime tm a idu fm e ete fa 189 Measurement Cursors csr iode ode dE det Utt od A 192 Measurement Cursors Table sssssssssseeeeee enn ennemis 193 Chart Options Dialog rota ee e t e e et e e HC gel gi 194 OVGIVIOW o lo ee ee M MR rU NER RARE 194 Chart Options Tables 25 2 cre Ett gei aa 195 Menu Bar rip gn m alii 197 Chart Styles Dialog 2 ee eee ee ee elu ee e PR e d d e E 198 UNI ETE 198 Default Styles of Data Table sssssssseseeee eene nemen 198 styles of Controls Table e cee ERE EH ERE EE scelus 199 Menu Bar c conde A evel aee Gl e e vb eu dtd 199 Data S
5. Drag amp Drop of Data When a data is dropped onto the x axis it is added as new x axis data left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation and creates a new x axis data for each of the dropped data Alt left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation creates a new x axis and adds the dragged data s to this new x axis and to the default y axis In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC yx T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC yx T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC yx T001 Shift can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC yx T001 Ctrl can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show x Axis gt sets the visibility of the x Axis Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Auto scale Axis gt sets whether the x ax
6. ssssssssssssee 93 Example of the Harmonics of a MTC yn T001 sss 94 Example of the Subharmonics of a MTC yn TOO ssssssssssssee emen 95 Example of the Sidebands of a MTC yn T0041 sssssssssssseseeeeeeneenenn 95 Example of the Frequency Markers of a MTC yn T001 sssssssssssemeen 97 Example of a Measurement Cursors table of a MTC yn T001 sss 99 Example of an Advanced Cursors table of a MTC yn T001 sss 100 Example of a Frequency Markers table of a MTC yn TOO ssssssssssseee emm 101 Example of a Chart Options Dialog of a MTC yn T0041 emm 102 Example of a Chart Styles Dialog of a MTC yn T001 sss emm 106 Example of a Data Style Dialog of a MTC yn T001 ssssssssssseee emm 107 Example of a Select Style Dialog of a MTC yn T001 sss 109 Example of a Manual scale x Axis Dialog of a MTC yn T001 sss 109 Example of a Manual scale y Axis Dialog of a MTC yn T001 sss 111 Example of a Configure Frequency Markers Dialog of a MTC yn T001 sss 111 Dropping of Data in order to open a new Monitoring Chart sse 113 Dropping of Data in order to add it to the existing MTC yn T001 ssssssssse 113 Example of a MTC ynm T001 sssssssssssssessseeene enne nennen entender nennen nnns 114 Exampl
7. sets the visibility of the x Axis Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Auto scale Axis gt sets whether the x axis shall automatically adopt its scaling so that always the complete values of its contained data are visible Fit to Axis sets the scaling of the x axis so that the complete values of its contained data are visible Lock Aspect Ratio gt sets the locking of the aspect ratio to the value which is specified via the submenu of this item Manual scale Renderer opens the Manual scale Renderer dialog Manual scale x Axis opens the Manual scale x Axis dialog Copy x Axis Scaling copies the scaling of the x axis below the current mouse position Paste x Axis Scaling pastes the currently copied x axis scaling onto the x axis below the current mouse position Rescale x Axis after Open gt sets the rescale type of the x axis after opening of the Monitoring View File to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Rescale x Axis after Action gt sets the rescale type of the x axis after an action to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Vector2D T001 English Release 2012 09 53 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Man
8. Parameter Description Line Type allows to switch between the available line types Line Color allows to enter the desired line color Line Strength allows to switch between the available line strengths Mark Type allows to switch between the available mark types Mark Color allows to enter the desired mark color Mark Strength allows to switch between the available mark strengths Rendering Mode N A Interpolation Mode allows to switch between the available interpolation modes Example displays an example curve according to the specified data style A value of Default can be assigned to each style parameter In case Default is being chosen the according value from the Chart Styles dialog is being used for the visualization of the data Interpolation Mode Interpolation Mode Description Bars When the interpolation mode Bars is chosen for a data the visualization displays one bar in y direction for each present value at the x axis The width of the displayed bars is dependent to the currently chosen Line Strength Lines When the interpolation mode Lines is chosen for a data the visualization connects two rendered pixels at the screen via a line interpolation The data curve always is visualized from the last ren dered value to the next rendered value via a straight connection In case a next rendered value is not available the data curve stops at th
9. opens the Chart Styles dialog Copy Chart Styles copies the styles of the MTC ynm T001 below the current mouse position Paste Chart Styles pastes the currently copied MTC ynm T001 styles onto the MTC ynm T001 below the current mouse position Show Background Grid gt sets the visibility of the background grid to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Legend gt sets the visibility of the Legend Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Color Gradient gt sets the visibility of the Color Gradient Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the Toolbar Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show x Axis gt sets the visibility of the x Axes Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show y Axis gt sets the visibility of the y Axes Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show z Axis gt sets the visibility of the z Axis Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Slider gt sets the visibility of the Slider Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart
10. Chart Name The Chart Name is used by other modules in order to identify a certain MTC yn T001 Within the current Moni toring View the Chart Name of each MTC yn T001 must be unique Time Domain The following time domains are supported by the Chart Options dialog of the MTC yn T001 e Online Data with absolute Timestamps e Offline Data with absolute Timestamps e Offline Data with relative Timestamps The Time Domain cell displays the time domain which is currently being used by all data of the MTC yn T001 In case more than one time domain is being used currently the Time Domain cell stays empty When another time domain is being chosen via the Time Domain cell the chosen time domain is applied to all of the data of the MTC yn T001 As a result all data internally are being put onto the t axis with chosen time domain In case there is no data with the known name and matching time domain the affected data becomes marked as not present In case the time domain is being changed the x y axes can be updated automatically in case the Rescale x Axis after Action or Rescale y Axis after Action options are being set to Yes English Release 2012 09 103 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Time Base The chosen time base specifies how the time stamps of each probe which are being stored in GMT internally are being represented by the MTC yn T001 In case online data is being displ
11. closes the MTC ynm T001 English Release 2012 09 119 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 4 3 x Axis Area The x Axis Area of the MTC ynm T001 is used in order to display the scaling of the present x axis As the x Axis Area can not be selected in case of 3 dimensional visualization it is not possible to zoom scroll or main tain x Axis Area directly via mouse or keyboard operations The following screenshot shows an example of the x Axis Area of a MTC ynm T001 Figure 64 Example of the x Axis Area of a MTC ynm T001 English Release 2012 09 120 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 4 4 y Axis Area The y Axis Area of the MTC ynm T001 is used in order to display the scaling of the present y axis As the y Axis Area can not be selected in case of 3 dimensional visualization it is not possible to zoom scroll or main tain y Axis Area directly via mouse or keyboard operations The following screenshot shows an example of the y Axis Area of a MTC ynm T001 Figure 65 Example of the y Axis Area of a MTC ynm T001 English Release 2012 09 121 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 4 5 z Axis Area The z Axis Area of the MTC ynm T001 is used in order to display the scaling of the present z axis As the z Axis Area can not be selected in case of 3 dimensional visualization it is not possibl
12. 3 DES pS Figure 116 Dropping of Data in order to add it to the existing MTC yx T001 English Release 2012 09 205 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 3 Monitoring View Editors 2 3 1 Overview Monitoring View Editors are used in order to edit Monitoring Views A Monitoring View contains one or more Monitoring Charts which are used in order to visualize their contained data Depending to the Monitoring View Editor one ore multiple Monitoring Charts can be put into one Monitoring View and different Monitoring Charts may or may not be allowed to be used simultaneously Monitoring View Editors are known and accessed exclusively by the X Tools Client the X Tools Server has no knowledge about Monitoring View Editors at all However the X Tools Server is responsible to maintain Monitoring View Files and therefore all Monitoring View reading and writing operations are performed via the X Tools Server 2 3 2 Common Controls 2 3 2 1 Overview As all Monitoring View Editors are built up in a similar way they share some common controls e g tables and the menu bar which are the same in all Monitoring View Editors Each control of a Monitoring View Editor has a defined task and provides certain functionalities The following major controls are provided by the Monitoring View Editors Depending to the Monitoring View Editor one or more parts may not be supported because
13. 4 Maximum Value 5 Maximum Value Exponent N A Figure 79 Example of a Manual scale Color Gradient Dialog of a MTC ynm T001 2 2 4 18 2 Color Gradient Parameters Table The Color Gradient Parameters table contains the parameters of the color gradient Parameter Description Auto scale Color Gradient Minimum Value allows to switch between the available auto scale modes allows to enter the minimum value for violet Minimum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported minimum value exponents Maximum Value allows to enter the maximum value for red Maximum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported maximum value exponents Auto scale Color Gradient Auto scale Axis Description On In this mode the MTC constantly sets the minimum and maximum values of the color gradient to the currently present minimum and maximum values of the displayed data Off In this mode the MTC uses the specified Minimum Value and Maximum Value parameters for the color gradient 2 2 4 18 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 144 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools
14. 08 Show y Axis 09 Show Sliders 10 Rescale x Axis after Open 11 Rescale x Axis after Action 12 Rescale y xis after Open 13 Rescale y Axis after Action 14 Update Display Time after Open 15 Update Display Time after Action 16 Lock Aspect Ratio Lock Origin 18 Undo Redo Buffer Size 19 Data Snapshot Scope Current Monitoring Chart Restore Defaults Set as Standard Figure 29 Example of a Chart Options Dialog of a MTC Vector2D T001 English Release 2012 09 65 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 2 10 2 SIPLUS CMS Chart Options Table The Chart Options table contains the chart options of the MTC Vector2D T001 Parameter Description Chart Name allows to enter a name for the chart Time Domain allows to choose the time domain Time Base allows to choose the time base Show Background Grid allows to choose whether the background grid shall be shown within the Curve Area Show Legend allows to choose whether the Legend Area shall be shown Show Toolbar allows to choose whether the Toolbar Area shall be shown Show x Axis allows to choose whether the x Axis Area shall be shown Show y Axis allows to choose whether the y Axis Area shall be shown Show Sliders allows to choose whether the Slider Area shall be shown Rescale x Axis after Open
15. A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Toolbar Area opens the context menu for the Toolbar Area The displayed context menu is dependent to the clicked toolbar button as described below English Release 2012 09 60 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual Context Menu 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu items are provided for the On Off Measurement Cursors button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Measurement Cursors gt sets the visibility of measurement cursor to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Restore Measurement Cursors restores the position of the measurement cursor Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Vector2D T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Undo button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Undo undoes the last operation from the undo buffer Undo all undoes all operations from the undo buffer Clear Undo Redo Buffer removes all entries from
16. Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the Curve Area The actual operation is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled mouse wheel down zooms out of the current mouse position of the x and y axes simulta neously mouse wheel up zooms into the current mouse position of the x and y axes simultane ously Shift mouse wheel down moves all curves within the Curve Area to the left o lt x gt mouse wheel down behaves like Shift mouse wheel down Shift mouse wheel up moves all curves within the Curve Area to the right o x mouse wheel up behaves like Shift mouse wheel up Ctrl mouse wheel down moves all curves within the Curve Area up o lt y gt mouse wheel down behaves like Ctrl mouse wheel down Ctrl mouse wheel up moves all curves within the Curve Area down o lt y gt mouse wheel up behaves like Ctrl mouse wheel up English Release 2012 09 79 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Drag amp Drop of Data When an yn compatible data is dropped into the Curve Area it is added to the currently present data of the MTC yn T001 e left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation and adds the dragged data s to the default x and y axes e lt Alt gt left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation creates a new x and a new y ax
17. Figure 15 Example of a Manual scale x Axis Dialog of a MTC Orbit T001 Release 2012 09 42 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 1 14 2 SIPLUS CMS x Axis Parameters Table The x Axis Parameters table contains the parameters of a currently selected x axis Parameter Description Auto scale Axis allows to switch between the available auto scale axis modes Minimum Value allows to enter the minimum value of the scaling Minimum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported minimum value exponents Maximum Value allows to enter the maximum value of the scaling Maximum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported maximum value exponents Auto set Scaling Interval allows to switch between the available modes for the automatic scaling interval Scaling Interval allows to enter the scaling interval Scaling Interval Exponent allows to switch between the supported scaling interval exponents Minor Scaling Divider allows to switch between the available minor scaling dividers Auto scale Axis Auto scale Axis Description On In this mode the MTC Orbit T001 constantly sets the scaling of the x axis so that all available values of the data at the x axis stay visible Off In this mode the MTC Orbit T001 uses the specified Minimum Value and Maximum Value pa rameters for the scaling of the x axis Aut
18. mouse move zooms into the specified area of the x and y axis simultaneously e Shift left mouse button down mouse move zooms only into the specified area of the x axis o Xx left mouse button down mouse move behaves like Shift left mouse but ton down mouse move e lt Ctrl gt left mouse button down mouse move zooms only into the specified area of the y axis o Xy left mouse button down mouse move behaves like Ctrl left mouse but ton down mouse move e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without changing of any axis scaling English Release 2012 09 49 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Curve Area opens the context menu for the Curve Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move moves all curves within the Curve Area into the direction of the mouse move o when the Shift key is being pressed during the shift operation the curves are shifted only in horizont
19. opens the Manual scale z Axis dialog Copy z Axis Scaling copies the scaling of the z axis Paste z Axis Scaling pastes the currently copied z axis scaling onto the z axis Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC ynm T001 English Release 2012 09 130 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual The following specific context m 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS enu items are provided for the Zoom into all button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Fit to x Axis sets the scaling of the x axis so that the complete values of the contained data are visible Fit to y Axis sets the scaling of the y axis so that the complete values of the contained data are visible Fit to z Axis sets the scaling of the z axis so that the complete values of the contained data are visible Manual scale x Axis opens the Manual scale x Axis dialog Manual scale y Axis opens the Manual scale y Axis dialog Manual scale z Axis Print Screenshot opens the Manual scale z Axis dialog prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC ynm T001 T
20. semini a Loeb ues a AOS 128 Measurement CUESOF S ici DILE eR ERE RED EE Hot ER EO EHE D DER dtt ine 133 Measurement Cursors Table sssssssssseeeee enne eren enne nnns 133 Chart Options Dialog 2 2 etate erbe nete eei ed e b de a e 134 OVGLVIOW cod ed cedat eedem 134 Chart Optloris T able ie eet o ede CHAR ae 135 Menu Bar Lo gu eb e o b eu tke Eier cog tial ten iua HIA 138 Chart Styles Dialog sick eu eene o oed edt e eed e P le 138 OEI N e es Rep ate alent dasa ilr fa eed ease aston ava Scio iria asalta Eten dde 138 Default Styles of Data Table sssssssesss eene 139 styles of Controls Table 5i t ERE is 139 Menu Barca nde e e ete eer de eet eel a Pe e ue 139 Data Style Dialog nere pO DP 140 OVE VIEW deterret etate t teet rebate t ete bets ebat bee dut epa RE 140 Style Parameters Table viii iran i Pb bec Arpa ise rt ape Ent 140 6 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 4 13 3 Menu Batters 23 523 attcae att stn faces A TE eid mnm a iiis 141 2 2 4 14 Select Style Dialog 2 rii eed eens este eet eee 141 2 2 4 14 1 OVEIVIOW si iei pni eeepc enin 141 2 24 15 Manual scale x Axis Dialog sssssessseeeeeeenenen nennen mnes 142 2 2 4 15 1 OVGIVIOW o oit e He A Ree HR Re C D Re ER E ERRARE NOE 142 2 2 4 15 2 x Axis Parameters Table turre ia 142 2 2 4 15 3 Menu Bar zc no e t ER RH rog nt cuis b erdt but eiie en orien 143 2 2
21. single click with releasing the button Selecting of data within the Legend Area is performed identically to the selecting of items within the other trees of the X Tools Client In case a data within the Legend Area is being selected all items of other type e g t axes and y axes of the clicked Monitoring Chart are deselected automatically single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto any text within the Leg end Area starts a Drag amp Drop operation for the currently selected data s as soon as the mouse cursor is moved e a Drag amp Drop operation within the same MTC yt T001 moves the dragged data s to the new position o Ctrl can be pressed in order to execute a copy operation instead of the move opera tion within the same MTC yt T001 e a Drag amp Drop operation to another MTC yt T001 copies the dragged data s to the new po sition o Shift can be pressed in order to execute a move operation instead of the copy op eration to the other MTC yt T001 e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without moving or copying anything double click A double click of the left mouse button onto any text within the Legend Area opens the Data Style dialog for the data below the current mouse position Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description s
22. zooms out from the x and y axes simultaneously lt Shift gt lt gt lt x gt lt gt zooms only out from the x axes behaves like lt Shift gt lt gt lt Ctrl gt lt gt zooms only out from the y axes lt y gt lt gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt gt lt F gt fits the scaling of the x and y axes simultaneously lt Shift gt lt F gt fits the scaling only of the x axes lt x gt lt F gt behaves like lt Shift gt lt F gt lt Ctrl gt lt F gt fits the scaling only of the y axes lt y gt lt F gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt F gt lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt undoes the latest operation from the undo buffer Shift lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt undoes all operations from the undo buffer lt Ctrl gt lt Y gt redoes the latest operation from the redo buffer lt Shift gt lt Ctrl gt lt Y gt redoes all operations from the redo buffer lt 1 gt sets measurement cursor 1 as currently selected cursor lt 2 gt sets measurement cursor 2 as currently selected cursor lt H gt sets the 1 Harmonic as currently selected cursor lt C gt sets the Center Frequency as currently selected cursor lt S gt sets the first upper sideband as currently selected cursor lt M gt sets the Main Frequency Marker as currently selected cursor lt R gt restores the default position of the curren
23. English Release 2012 09 66 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System Time Base SIPLUS CMS The chosen time base specifies how the time stamps of each probe which are being stored in GMT internally are being represented by the MTC Vector2D T0071 In case online data is being displayed and the option Use the local Time of the Offline Data is being chosen the time base for all online data is taken from the time base setting of the Monitoring View like if Default would have been chosen for the time base of the MTC Vector2D T001 Rescale x Axis after Open Rescale x Axis after Open Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the x axis after open is set to Yes the MTC Vector2D T001 auto matically rescales its x axis after the Monitoring View File has been opened so that all values from all data of the x axis become visible No In case the rescale mode for the x axis after open is set to No the MTC Vector2D T001 does not touch the scaling of its x axis after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored values from the Monitoring View File Rescale x Axis after Action Rescale x Axis after Action Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the x axis after an action is set to Yes the MTC Vector2D T001 automatically rescales its x axis after an external action has modified the displayed data so that all values from the x axis becom
24. Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Curve Area opens the context menu for the Curve Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved right mouse button down mouse move moves all curves within the Curve Area into the direction of the mouse move o when the Shift key is being pressed during the shift operation the curves are shifted only in horizontal direction when x key is being pressed during the shift operation the behavior is like if the Shift key is being pressed during the shift operation o when the Ctrl key is being pressed during the shift operation the curves are shifted only in vertical direction when lt y gt key is being pressed during the shift operation the behavior is like if the Shift key is being pressed during the shift operation Esc cancels the current operation and sets all axes scaling back to the values which they had before the shift operation had been started Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation
25. The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale y Axis dialog for binary y axes b Axis Parameters Parameter Value Minimum Yalue of logical 0 0 001 Maximum Value of logical 0 0 001 Cancel Figure 96 Example of a Manual scale y Axis Dialog for binary y Axes of a MTC yt T001 2 2 5 15 2 y Axis Parameters Table The y Axis Parameters table contains the parameters of a currently selected y axis Parameter Description Minimum Value of logical 0 allows to enter the minimum value of a data which has to be interpreted as logical 0 Maximum Value of logical 0 allows to enter the maximum value of a data which has to be interpreted as logical 0 2 2 5 15 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 173 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 5 16 Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas The following screenshot shows the places within a MTC yt T001 onto which data can be dropped in order to open a new Monitoring Chart ION AnalogInput T001 CHO1 V ION BinaryInput TOO1 CHO1 1 02 000 02 500 03 500 04 000 04 500 05 000
26. User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Keep Width of Curve Areas synchronized Keep Width of Curve Areas syn chronized Description Yes In case this parameter is set to Yes the width of the Curve Area of all compatible Monitoring Charts is kept aligned so that the width of the Curve Area of all compatible Monitoring Charts always is identical e whenever a y axis is being added removed shown hidden within any of the present com patible Monitoring Charts the width of the Curve Area of all compatible Monitoring Charts is being recalculated and updated e the width of the Curve Areas of all compatible Monitoring Charts is defined by the Moni toring Charts which shows the most y axes at the moment because the width of the Curve Areas of all compatible Monitoring Charts is being set to the width of this Monitor ing Charts the smallest present width of a present Curve Area e in addition to the width also the horizontal position of all Curve Areas is identical all Curve Areas start from the right border of their Monitoring Charts e the y axes of each Monitoring Charts start directly at the left of the Curve Area not at the left border of the Monitoring Charts e thefollowing Monitoring Charts are compatible to this setting o MIC yt T001 o MIC yn TOO1 When this setting is being turned on the MVE Standard T001 automatically sets the widths of all present columns of Monitoring Charts to an equal
27. User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu items are provided for the Store Data Snapshot button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Store Data Snapshot starts the storing of the data which are contained within the MTC yn T001 Data Snapshot Scope gt sets the scope for data snapshots to the setting which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yn T001 2 2 3 8 Measurement Cursors The Measurement Cursors are represented through two vertical lines The Measurement Cursors can be shifted independently in horizontal direction The following screenshot shows an example of the Measurement Cursors of a MTC yn T001 1 Online Data with absolute Timestamps 2011 01 14 08 55 15 647 000 000 GMT 01 00 m o e NO AAN 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 T FFT 01 FFTForSignal bak FFT 03 FFTForSignal Figure 45 Example of the Measurement Cursors of a MTC yn T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the l
28. pastes the currently copied data style onto the data below the current mouse position Remove Data removes the selected data s from the MTC yt T001 Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yt T001 English Release 2012 09 158 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 5 6 SIPLUS CMS Toolbar Area The Toolbar Area displays the buttons which are provided for fast access to frequently used functionalities The following screenshot shows an example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC yt T001 Falk ae Ed a Figure 87 Example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC yt T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click onto the On Off Meas urement Cursors button A single click of the left mouse button onto the On Off Measurement Cursors button toggles the measurement cursors between on and off single click onto the Undo button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Undo button undoes the last operation from the undo buffer single click onto the Redo button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Redo button redoes the last operation from the redo buffer single click onto the Continue Visuali zation button A singl
29. Online Data with absolute Timestamp 112 07 27 08 08 10 632 000 000 FFT 01 FFTForSignal T FFT 03 FFTForSignal 5iuouue T 2H p0 9 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 860 O 2H 6bE Sb vzo 2H 869 06 ul TRA AD EIE EFIT 10 20 30 10 20 30 Figure 46 Example of the Harmonics of a MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 94 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS The following screenshot shows an example of the subharmonics of a MTC yn T001 Lad 1 Online Data with absolute Timest DES 2012 07 27 08 29 15 272 000 000 Gn T 02 00 FFT 01 FFTForSignal FFT 03 FFTForSignal SIUOUEY T P OI C c CO oO 900 0 2H 89 bb Figure 47 Example of the Subharmonics of a MTC yn T001 The following screenshot shows an example of the sidebands of a MTC yn T001 al 1 Online Data with absolute Timestamps 2012 07 27 08 FFT 01 FFTForSignal dr FFT 03 FFTForSignal A3uanbal 181u8 IS 1E0 0 2H 990 55 810 0 2H 6 16 sto d TH eee oTT zo d 2H so e Jeto o T2H rz8 ezr Figure 48 Example of the Sidebands of a MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 95 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operati
30. Release 2012 09 184 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button onto the left step button A single click of the left mouse button with releasing the button above the left step button shifts the currently displayed point in time into the past e the next older timestamp from all of the data at the time domain of the slider is being cho sen as new Current point in time o incase the current point in time already is the oldest available point in time the left step button does not change the current point in time any more single click with releasing the button onto the right step button A single click of the left mouse button with releasing the button above the right step button shifts the currently displayed point in time into the future e without additional keys being pressed the next newer timestamp from all of the data at the time domain of the slider is being chosen as new current point in time o incase the current point in time already is the newest available point in time the right step button does not change the current point in time any more single click with keeping the button onto the left step button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto the left step button be h
31. The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the x Axis Area opens the context menu for the x Axis Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move right moves the x axis right e right mouse button down mouse move left moves the x axis left e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets all axes scaling back to the values which they had before the shift operation had been started English Release 2012 09 180 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the x Axes Area The actual opera tion is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down moves the x axis left e mouse wheel up moves the x axis right e Shift mouse wheel down zooms out of the x axis from the current x position of the mouse cursor e Shift mouse wheel up zooms into the x axis from the current x position of the mouse cursor
32. displays the currently chosen color of the text of inactive selected items Background of selected Items Active displays the currently chosen color of the background of active selected items i of selected Items Inac displays the currently chosen color of the background of inactive selected items ive A double click into the Color column of any row opens the Select Color dialog for the according row A double click into the Example column of a row which supports different styles opens the Select Style dialog for the according row In case different styles are not supported by a row a double click into the Example col umn opens the Select Color dialog for the according row 2 2 6 11 4 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all styles back to their default settings Set as Standard Sets the current styles as standard styles for each new MTC yx T001 The styles of already exist ing MTC yx T001s are not being changed by this operation OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the styles within the dialog have been changed 2 2 6 12 Data Style Dialog 2 2 6 12 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Data Style dialog Style Parameters Parameter Value Line Type Default L
33. e right mouse button down mouse move shifts both measurement cursors simultane ously with keeping the interval between them o incase the left mouse button was pressed above the horizontal line of a cursor the cursors are shifted only in vertical direction o incase the left mouse button was pressed above the vertical line of a cursor the cur Sors are shifted only in horizontal direction o incase the left mouse button was pressed above the point of intersection of both lines of a cursor the cursors are shifted in horizontal and vertical direction The values which are displayed by the Measurement Cursors table are updated automatically while the measurement cursors are shifted 2 2 6 9 Measurement Cursors Table The Measurement Cursors table contains the measurement values of all MTC yx T001s which are present within the parent Monitoring View Editor The following screenshot shows an example for the Measurement Cursors table for a MTC yx T001 Measurement Cursors MTC yx T001 No Chart xi Y1 x2 Y2 x2x1 Y2 Y1 Norm pY 1 Online Data 5 000 5 000 5 000 5 000 10 000 10 000 14 142 Figure 107 Example of a Measurement Cursors table of a MTC yx T001 It is opened within the Cursor Area of the parent Monitoring View Editor of the MTC yx T001 Column Description No contains the row number Chart contains the name of the chart from which the data comes X1 contains the
34. menu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yx T001 2 2 6 6 Legend Area The Legend Area displays all of the data which are present within the MTC yx T001 at the moment All of the present data are arranged via legend trees All data which is assigned to a common x axis data is shown together within a common legend tree The root item of each legend tree represents the x axis data whereas the below items of each tree represent the according y axis data The following screenshot shows an example of the Legend Area of a MTC yx T001 ION AnalogInput TOO1 CHO V L ION AnalogInput TOO1 CHO3 V ION AnalogInput TOD1 CHO2 V LION AnalogInput TOO1 CHO1 V Figure 104 Example of the Legend Area of a MTC yx T001 English Release 2012 09 186 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button Selecting of data within the Legend Area is performed identically to the selecting of items within the other trees of the X Tools Client In case a data within the Legend Area is being selected all items of other type e g x axis and y axis of the clicked Monitoring Chart are deselected automatically single click with
35. urement Cursors button A single click of the left mouse button onto the On Off Measurement Cursors button toggles the measurement cursors between on and off single click onto the On Off Advanced Cursors button A single click of the left mouse button onto the On Off Advanced Cursors button toggles the ad vanced cursors between on and off single click onto the On Off Fre quency Markers button A single click of the left mouse button onto the On Off Frequency Markers button toggles the fre quency markers between on and off single click onto the Undo button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Undo button undoes the last operation from the undo buffer single click onto the Redo button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Redo button redoes the last operation from the redo buffer single click onto the Continue Visuali zation button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Continue Visualization button continues the visuali zation This button applies to all currently present data independently to whether they are paused or run ning at the moment The Continue Visualization button sets the visualization of all data of all x and y axes to running single click onto the Pause Visualiza tion button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Pause Visualization button pause the visualization This button applies to all currently present data independently to w
36. 2 4 9 2 2 4 10 2 2 4 11 2 2 4 11 1 2 2 4 11 2 2 2 4 11 3 2 2 4 12 2 2 4 12 1 2 2 4 12 2 2 2 4 12 3 2 2 4 12 4 2 2 4 13 2 2 4 13 1 2 2 4 13 2 English Release 2012 09 otyles of Controls Table it dept tt ep ecu PER CTI ER OD TR 107 Menu Bal de E ete nidi 107 Data Style Dialogic ii RR Re DROP Ce EO eda ia RR 107 OVA Ue eee at ee ve 107 Style Parameters Table eene eo ee ee e Re XEM RI eade 108 MEM BAN seia ES 108 Select Style Dialogs raaa a rb OE E 109 O E ae ea ig A E Ah a A A E d eH d 109 Manual scale x Axis Dialog ssssssssseeeeeeeen nennen nemen nennen nnns 109 eU 109 Axis Parameters Table iia a Bde pega 110 Menu Bar situa i EU utt mtem 110 Manual scale y Axis Dialog ssssssssseeeeeeeen nene enne nnne nnns 111 OVA HR HR ee RR UR o EE 111 Configure Frequency Markers Dialog sesese eene emere 111 OVERVIOW Jis tote et biais O 111 Frequency Markers Table esses eene ener ener nnns 112 O 112 Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas sssssssssseeeeeen mener nnne nnns 113 MTE ynm E001 ni t ihr dh Vetoes edt 114 OVOIVIOW 115 nini cedar onera cinta eciam n ecd 114 Cuive Area eese ee e e e a e e dde e tee e er e eleg ed 115 X AXIS ATOA ede e e e cakes UB EGER REGINE 120 Y AXIS AVO yet cedet ie 121 Z AXIS AOA doo nti bane oti bane aet O 122 Slider Area xot ee e e ete sve e d e e o s 122 Legend Arredo tbt Bieb ntm Sio e eto niente 126 Toolbar Area
37. 9 2011 07 18 14 20 31 627 800 000 GMT 02 00 3i Orbit 02 Orbit i Orbit 01 Orbit poe a Figure 2 Example of a MTC Orbit T001 Each control of the MTC Orbit T001 has a defined task and provides certain functionalities The following major controls are provided by the MTC Orbit T001 e Curve Area e x Axis Area e y Axis Area e Slider Area e Legend Area e Toolbar Area e Measurement Cursors e Measurement Cursors Table e Chart Options Dialog e Chart Styles Dialog e Data Style Dialog e Select Style Dialog e Manual scale x Axis Dialog e Manual scale y Axis Dialog e Manual scale Renderer Dialog e Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas English Release 2012 09 19 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 1 2 Curve Area The Curve Area of the MTC Orbit T001 is used in order to visualize orbit data Via mouse and keyboard opera tions the user is able to zoom scroll and maintain the available data The following screenshot shows an example of the Curve Area of a MTC Orbit T001 Orbit 02 Orbit A Orbit 01 Orbit Figure 3 Example of the Curve Area of a MTC Orbit T001 Background Grid The background grid of the MTC Orbit T001 consists out of circles which have their center in the origin of the x and y axes and which are being displayed in the background of the Curve Area The appearing and scaling of the background grid is configured via the Manual scale x Axis dia
38. Background of selected Items Active displays the currently chosen color of the background of active selected items Background of selected Items Inac tive displays the currently chosen color of the background of inactive selected items A double click into the Color column of any row opens the Select Color dialog for the according row A double click into the Example column of a row which supports different styles opens the Select Style dialog for the according row In case different styles are not supported by a row a double click into the Example col umn opens the Select Color dialog for the according row 2 2 2 11 4 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all styles back to their default settings Set as Standard Sets the current styles as standard styles for each new MTC Vector2D T001 The styles of al ready existing MTC Vector2D T001s are not being changed by this operation OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the styles within the dialog have been changed 2 2 2 12 Data Style Dialog 2 2 2 12 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Data Style dialog Style Parameters No Parameter Value Line Type Line Color Line Strength Mark Type Mark
39. Dialog of a MTC yt T001 sss 171 Example of a Manual scale y Axis Dialog for numerical y Axes of a MTC yn T001 172 Example of a Manual scale y Axis Dialog for binary y Axes of a MTC yt T001 173 Dropping of Data in order to open a new Monitoring Chart sse 174 Dropping of Data in order to add it to the existing MTC yt T001 2 174 Example of a MIC yx TOOT sided deed ied aec eoe e nde eic da ed ned n 175 Example of the Curve Area of a MTC yx T001 sssssssssssssesse eee memes 176 Example of the x Axis Area of a MTC yx T001 ssssssssssseseee emere 180 Example of the y Axis Area of a MTC yx TOO sssssssssssee eem 182 Example of the Slider Area of a MTC yx T001 ssssssssssseseee emm memes 184 Example of the Legend Area of a MTC yx T0041 emen 186 Example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC yx T001 ssssssssssssseeeemmmeememmeenn 189 Example of the Measurement Cursors of a MTC yx T001 sss 192 Figure 107 Example of a Measurement Cursors table of a MTC yx T001 sss 193 Figure 108 Figure 109 Figure 110 Figure 111 Figure 112 Example of a Chart Options Dialog of a MTC yx T001 194 Example of a Chart Styles Dialog of a MTC yx T001 ssssssssssssee eee 198 Example of a Data Style Dialog of a MTC yx T001 sss emen 199 Example o
40. In case the update mode for the display time after an action is set to No the MTC Orbit T001 does not touch the display time after an external action has modified the displayed data and leaves it at the current value 2 2 1 10 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all options back to their default settings Set as Standard Sets the current options as standard options for each new MTC Orbit T001 The options of al ready existing MTC Orbit T001s are not being changed by this operation OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 38 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 1 11 Chart Styles Dialog 2 2 1 11 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Chart Styles dialog Default Styles of Data Styles of Controls No Vale Color mA ee 01 Chart Background Background Grid Axes Color 05 Zooming Frame 06 Text of selected Items Active Text of selected Items Inactive 08 Background of selected Items Active i 09 Background of selected Items Inactive 7 Data 32 Restore Defaults Set as Standard Cancel Figure 12 Examp
41. Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 3 20 Manual scale y Axis Dialog 2 2 3 20 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale y Axis dialog y Axis Parameters No Parameter Value 1 Auto scale Axis 2 Minimum Value Minimum Value Exponent Maximum Value 5 Maximum Value Exponent 6 Auto set Scaling Interval Scaling Interval 8 Scaling Interval Exponent 9 Minor Scaling Divider Figure 58 Example of a Manual scale y Axis Dialog of a MTC yn T001 The functionality of the Manual scale y Axis dialog matches the functionality of the Manual scale x Axis dialog see point 2 2 3 19 2 2 3 21 Configure Frequency Markers Dialog 2 2 3 21 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Configure Frequency Markers dialog Frequency 43 834 Absolute Frequency y 86 000 Order y 8 820 Import Export Figure 59 Example of a Configure Frequency Markers Dialog of a MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 111 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 3 21 2 Frequency Markers Table The Frequency Markers table contains the currently defined frequency markers Column Description No contains the row number Enable specifies whether the frequency marker from this row shall be visible within the Curve Area Name contains the name of the frequency marker Reference specifies wh
42. Paste t Axis Scaling pastes the currently copied t axis scaling onto the t axis below the current mouse position Rescale t Axis after Open gt sets the rescale type of the t axis after opening of the Monitoring View File to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Rescale t Axis after Action gt sets the rescale type of the t axis after an action to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Remove Axis removes all selected t axes with all of their data from the MTC yt T001 gt Fit to grouped t Axes fits all axes in group gt Group groups the selected t axes gt Ungroup dissolves the group of the selected t axes Remove from Group removes the selected t axes from the group Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yt T001 2 2 5 4 y Axes Area The y Axes Area of the MTC yt T001 is used in order to display the scaling of the present y axes Via mouse operations the user is able to zoom scroll and maintain the available data The following screenshot shows an example of the y Axes Area of a MTC yt T001 English Release 2012 09 20 or Figure 85 Example of the y Axes Area of a MTC yt T001 153 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the
43. Qualified Personnel The device system may only be set up and operated in conjunction with this documentation Only qualified personnel should be allowed to install and work on the equipment Qualified persons are defined as persons who are authorized to commission to earth and to tag cir cuits equipment and systems in accordance with established safety practices and standards Intended Use Please note the following Warning only in connection with devices or components from other manufacturers approved or recommended by Siemens This prod uct can only function correctly and safely if it is transported stored set up and installed correctly and operated and main tained as recommended This device and its components may only be used for the applications described in the catalog or technical description and Trademarks All designations marked with amp are registered trademarks of Siemens AG Other designations in this documentation might be trademarks which if used by third parties for their purposes might infringe upon the rights of the proprietors Copyright Siemens AG 2012 All rights reserved Reproduction transmission or use of this document or its contents is not permitted without express written authority Offenders will be liable for damages All rights including rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility model or design are reserved Disclaimer of Liability We have checked the contents of
44. Rescale x Axes after Action No Rescale y Axes after Open No Rescale y Axes after Action No Rescale z Axes after Open No Rescale z Axes after Action No Update Display Time after Open No Update Display Time after Action No Undo Redo Buffer Size 33 Data Snapshot Scope Current Monitoring Chart Restore Defaults Set as Standard Figure 72 Example of a Chart Options Dialog of a MTC ynm T001 English Release 2012 09 134 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 4 11 2 SIPLUS CMS Chart Options Table The Chart Options table contains the chart options of the MTC ynm T001 Parameter Description Chart Name allows to enter a name for the chart Time Domain allows to choose the time domain Time Base allows to choose the time base Show Background Grid allows to choose whether the background grid shall be shown within the Curve Area Show Legend allows to choose whether the Legend Area shall be shown Show Color Gradient allows to choose whether the Color Gradient Area shall be shown Show Toolbar allows to choose whether the Toolbar Area shall be shown Show x Axes allows to choose whether the x Axes Area shall be shown Show y Axes allows to choose whether the y Axes Area shall be shown Show z Axes allows to choose whether the z Axes Area shall be shown Show Slider allows to choose whether the Slider Area shall be shown Res
45. Set as Standard Cancel Figure 30 Example of a Chart Styles Dialog of a MTC Vector2D T001 2 2 2 11 2 Default Styles of Data Table The Default Styles of Data table contains the default styles of data within the MTC Vector2D T001 Parameter Description Data 01 Data 32 displays the currently chosen color and style for the according data A double click into the Color column of this control opens the Select Color dialog for the according row A double click into the Example column of this control opens the Select Style dialog for the according row English Release 2012 09 69 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 2 11 3 SIPLUS CMS Styles of Controls Table The Styles of Controls table contains the styles of the controls of the MTC Vector2D T001 Parameter Description Chart Background displays the currently chosen color for the chart background Background Grid displays the currently chosen style for the background grid Cursor displays the currently chosen color for the cursor Axes Color displays the currently chosen color for the axes Zooming Frame displays the currently chosen style for the zooming frame Text of selected Items Active displays the currently chosen color of the text of active selected items Text of selected Items Inactive displays the currently chosen color of the text of inactive selected items
46. allows to choose whether the x axis shall be scaled automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Rescale x Axis after Action allows to choose whether the x axis shall be scaled automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC Vector2D T001 or after a new data has been dropped into the MTC Vector2D T001 Rescale y Axis after Open allows to choose whether the y axis shall be scaled automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Rescale y Axis after Action allows to choose whether the y axis shall be scaled automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC Vector2D T001 or after a new data has been dropped into the MTC Vector2D T001 Update Display Time after Open allows to choose whether the display time shall be updated automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Update Display Time after Action allows to choose whether the display time shall be updated automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC Vector2D T001 or after a new data has been dropped into the MTC Vector2D T001 Lock Aspect Ratio sets the locking of the aspect ratio to the value which is specified via the submenu of this item Lock Origin sets the locking of the origin to the value which is specified via the submenu of this item Undo Redo Buffer Size allows to enter the total size of undo redo operations which shal
47. axes become visible The following actions result in an automatic rescale of the y axes in case this mode is chosen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC ynm T001 No In case the rescale mode for the y axes after an action is set to No the MTC ynm T001 does not touch the scaling of its y axes after an external action has modified the displayed data and leaves it at the current values English Release 2012 09 136 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Rescale z Axes after Open Rescale z Axes after Open Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the z axes after open is set to Yes the MTC ynm T001 automati cally rescales its z axes after the Monitoring View File has been opened so that all values from all data of all z axes become visible No In case the rescale mode for the z axes after open is set to No the MTC ynm T001 does not touch the scaling of its z axes after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored values from the Monitoring View File Rescale z Axes after Action Rescale z Axes after Action Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the z axes after an action is set to Yes the MTC ynm T001 auto matically rescales its z axes after an external action has modified the displayed data so that all v
48. axis right e right mouse button down mouse move left moves the x axis left e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets all axes scaling back to the values which they had before the shift operation had been started Shifting of the x Axis Area is possible only in case the origin is not locked English Release 2012 09 521214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the x Axes Area The actual opera tion is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down moves the x axis left e mouse wheel up moves the x axis right e Shift mouse wheel down zooms out of the x axis from the current x position of the mouse cursor e Shift mouse wheel up zooms into the x axis from the current x position of the mouse cursor Shifting of the x Axis Area is possible only in case the origin is not locked Drag amp Drop of Data When a data is dropped onto an existing x axis it is added to the currently present data of the MTC Vector2D T001 as if the data would have been dropped directly into the Curve Area see point 2 2 1 2 Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show x Axis gt
49. be scaled automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Rescale y Axis after Action allows to choose whether the y axis shall be scaled automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC Orbit T001 or after a new data has been dropped into the MTC Orbit T001 Update Display Time after Open allows to choose whether the display time shall be updated automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Update Display Time after Action allows to choose whether the display time shall be updated automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC Orbit T001 or after a new data has been dropped into the MTC Orbit T001 Lock Aspect Ratio sets the locking of the aspect ratio to the value which is specified via the submenu of this item Lock Origin sets the locking of the origin to the value which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Smax allows to choose whether the vector of Smax shall be shown within the Curve Area Show Spp allows to choose whether the vector of Spp shall be shown within the Curve Area Undo Redo Buffer Size allows to enter the total size of undo redo operations which shall be remembered by the MTC Orbit T001 Data Snapshot Scope allows to choose whether data snapshots shall store only the data from the currnet Monitoring Chart or from the whole Monitoring View Chart Name The Chart Name is used by other
50. biggest y value at the horizontal position of the x value In order to connect two calculation intervals a line is drawn from the previous center of the vertical line to the next center of the vertical line 2 2 6 12 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all styles back to their default settings OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the styles within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 200 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 6 13 Select Style Dialog 2 2 6 13 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Select Style dialog r 1 Line Type 2 Line Color 3 Line Strength 4 Mark Type 5 Mark Color amp Mark Strength Thin Rendering Mode Average Value 8 Interpolation Mode N Restore Defaults Cancel Figure 111 Example of a Select Style Dialog of a MTC yx T001 The functionality of the Select Style dialog matches the functionality of the Data Style dialog see point 2 2 6 12 2 2 6 14 Manual scale x Axis Dialog 2 2 6 14 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale x Axis dialog x Axis Parameters No P Auto scale Axis 2 Minim
51. button would be clicked with the left mouse button constantly single click with keeping the button onto the slider button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto the slider button allows to modify the current point in time e incase the mouse is moved to the left the current point in time is shifted into the past o the slider button can not be dragged out of the left border of the Slider Area e incase the mouse is moved to the right the current point in time is shifted into the future o the slider button can not be dragged out of the right border of the Slider Area e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without modifying the current point in time Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operation can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Slider Area opens the context menu for the Slider Area Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the Slider Area The actual operation is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down moves the slider button left into the past o incase the current begin time of the displayed interval alrea
52. changed 2 2 5 14 Manual scale y Axis Dialog for numerical y Axes 2 2 5 14 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale y Axis dialog for numerical y axes Parameter Value Auto scale Axis Off Minimum Value 10 250 Minimum Value Exponent 0 Maximum Value 10 250 5 Maximum Value Exponent 0 6 Auto set Scaling Interval On Scaling Interval N 8 Scaling Interval Exponent NZ 9 Minor Scaling Divider None Cancel Figure 95 Example of a Manual scale y Axis Dialog for numerical y Axes of a MTC yn T001 2 2 5 14 2 y Axis Parameters Table The y Axis Parameters table contains the parameters of a currently selected y axis Parameter Description Auto scale Axis allows to switch between the available auto scale axis modes Minimum Value allows to enter the minimum value of the scaling Minimum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported minimum value exponents Maximum Value allows to enter the maximum value of the scaling Maximum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported maximum value exponents Auto set Scaling Interval allows to switch between the available modes for the automatic scaling interval Scaling Interval allows to enter the scaling interval Scaling Interval Exponent allows to switch between the supported scaling interval exponents Minor Scaling Divider allows to switch between
53. e Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas English Release 2012 09 471214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 2 2 Curve Area The Curve Area of the MTC Vector2D T001 is used in order to visualize 2 dimensional vectors Via mouse and keyboard operations the user is able to zoom scroll and maintain the available data The following screenshot shows an example of the Curve Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 Vector 1 Vector 2 4 elk loo 09 gt a lia Vector 3 Vector 4 Vector 5 Vector 6 Figure 21 Example of the Curve Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 Background Grid The background grid of the MTC extends the lines from the axis labeling into the Curve Area It is represented as a grid of horizontal and vertical lines in the background of the Curve Area The appearing and scaling of the background grid is configured via the Manual scale x Axis dialog and via the Manual scale y Axis dialog In case the current background grid configuration is set to manual and the grid lines can not be drawn be cause the grid lines would be too close to each other the background grid automatically switches to automatic distribution of the grid lines The manual settings are used again as soon as the scaling of the MTC Vector2D T001 reaches a value which allows using the manual configuration Curve Visualization The visualization always draws one vector from the X0 YO position
54. had been started In case of running data shifting can be performed into the y direction only The shifting into t direction is done automatically by the chosen speed of the running data Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the Curve Area The actual operation is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down zooms out of the current mouse position of the t and y axes simulta neously e mouse wheel up zooms into the current mouse position of the t and y axes simultane ously e Shift mouse wheel down moves all curves within the Curve Area to the left o Xx mouse wheel down behaves like Shift mouse wheel down e Shift mouse wheel up moves all curves within the Curve Area to the right o lt x gt mouse wheel up behaves like Shift mouse wheel up e lt Ctrl gt mouse wheel down moves all curves within the Curve Area up o lt y gt mouse wheel down behaves like Ctrl mouse wheel down e Ctrl mouse wheel up moves all curves within the Curve Area down o lt y gt mouse wheel up behaves like Ctrl mouse wheel up In case of running data shifting can be performed into the y direction only The shifting into t direction is done automatically by the chosen speed of the running data English Rele
55. items are provided for the Undo button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Undo undoes the last operation from the undo buffer Undo all undoes all operations from the undo buffer Clear Undo Redo Buffer removes all entries from the undo redo buffer of the MTC yn T001 Change Undo Redo Buffer Size opens the Chart Options dialog sets the input focus to the Undo Redo Buffer Size edit control and puts it into editing mode Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yn T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Redo button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Redo redoes the last operation from the redo buffer Redo all redoes all operations from the redo buffer Clear Undo Redo Buffer removes all entries from the undo redo buffer of the MTC yn T001 Change Undo Redo Buffer Size opens the Chart Options dialog sets the input focus to the Undo Redo Buffer Size edit control and puts it into editing mode Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screensho
56. legend tree In case multiple data take part in the current Drag amp Drop opera tion the first of them becomes the new root of the target legend tree and all others are listed directly be low it In order to add a data in between two present data of the legend tree the desired data has to be dropped in between the two desired data of the target legend tree In case multiple data take part in the current Drag amp Drop operation all of them are inserted in between the two desired data of the target legend tree In order to add a data at the end of a certain legend tree the desired data has to be dropped below the last data of the target legend tree In case multiple data take part in the current Drag amp Drop operation all of them are added to the end of the target legend tree In order to remove a data from the legend tree with the mouse the desired data has to be dragged to any position within the X Tools Client which does not accept data English Release 2012 09 59 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System Context Menu SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show Legend gt sets the visibility of the legend to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Data Sources gt specifies whether the legend trees shall display the name of the source server together with the data name or not Set Cursor D
57. mm ss G2 2011 01 13 17 02 06 mm ss GMT 01 00 Figure 82 Example of a MTC yt T001 Each control of the MTC yt T001 has a defined task and provides certain functionalities The following major controls are provided by the MTC yt T001 e Curve Area e t Axes Area e y Axes Area e Legend Area e Toolbar Area e Measurement Cursors e Measurement Cursors Table e Chart Options Dialog e Chart Styles Dialog e Data Style Dialog e Select Style Dialog e Manual scale t Axis Dialog e Manual scale y Axis Dialog for numerical y Axes e Manual scale y Axis Dialog for binary y Axes e Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas English Release 2012 09 146 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 5 2 Curve Area The Curve Area of the MTC yt T001 is used in order to visualize data of the function y f t Via mouse and keyboard operations the user is able to zoom scroll and maintain the available data The following screenshot shows an example of the Curve Area of a MTC yt T001 T ION AnalogInput T001 CHO2 V ION AnalogInput T001 CHO1 V IONBinaryInput T001 CHO1 1 J AMEANEAmMMEN Figure 83 Example of the Curve Area of a MTC yt T001 Background Grid The background grid of the MTC yt T001 extends the lines from the axis labeling into the Curve Area It is rep resented as a grid of horizontal and vertical lines in the background of the Curve Area Always exactly one t axis and exactly one y
58. mode of the data Average Value When the rendering mode is set to Average Value the arithmetic average value is taken as value for the visualization for both axes Minimal and Maximal Value x Axis When the rendering mode is set to Minimal and Maximal Value x Axis the following values are calculated for each to be drawn point e smallest value of the x axis data e biggest value of the x axis data e average value of the y axis data In the visualization and in case the line type is set to Solid a horizontal line is drawn from the smallest to the biggest x value at the vertical position of the y value In order to connect two points a line is drawn from the previous center of the horizontal line to the next center of the hori zontal line Minimal and Maximal Value y Axis When the rendering mode is set to Minimal and Maximal Value y Axis the following values are calculated for each to be drawn point e average value of the x axis data e smallest value of the y axis data e biggest value of the y axis data In the visualization and in case the line type is set to Solid a vertical line is drawn from the smallest to the biggest y value at the horizontal position of the x value In order to connect two points a line is drawn from the previous center of the vertical line to the next center of the vertical line 2 2 1 12 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Rest
59. modified 2 1 5 Monitoring Chart Branch Each Monitoring Chart Branch represents one available Monitoring Chart Dragging of a Monitoring Chart Branch into the Monitoring System workspace opens an empty chart of the dragged type After the chart has been opened any of the present data of correct type can be dragged into it for visualization The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Open opens a Monitoring View Editor within the Monitoring System workspace creates a new Moni toring View initializes it with default values and opens an empty Monitoring Chart of the chosen type within the new Monitoring View New Monitoring View gt opens a Monitoring View Editor within the Monitoring System workspace creates a new Moni toring View initializes it with default values and opens an empty Monitoring Chart of the chosen type within the new Monitoring View 2 1 6 Monitoring View Editors Branch The one and only Monitoring View Editors Branch provides all of the Monitoring View Editors which are avail able within the Monitoring System The tree of shown Monitoring View Editors is updated automatically whenever an editor file at the local disk is added removed modified English Release 2012 09 16 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 1 7 Monitoring View Editor Branch Each Monitoring View Editor Branch represents one available Monitori
60. mouse cursor is moved e a Drag amp Drop operation within the same MTC Vector2D T001 moves the dragged data s to the new position o Ctrl can be pressed in order to execute a copy operation instead of the move opera tion within the same MTC Vector2D T001 e a Drag amp Drop operation to another MTC Vector2D T001 copies the dragged data s to the new position o Shift can be pressed in order to execute a move operation instead of the copy op eration to the other MTC Vector2D T001 e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without moving or copying anything double click A double click of the left mouse button onto any text within the Legend Area opens the Data Style dialog for the data below the current mouse position English Release 2012 09 58 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Legend Area opens the context menu for the Legend Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button above the Legend Area starts a shift operation for the legend texts The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse mov
61. mouse move left Alt right mouse button down mouse move right down moves all curves within the cuboid to the back in the direction of the depth axis lt z gt right mouse button down mouse move right down behaves like Ctrl right mouse button down mouse move right e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets the position of the cuboid back to the posi tion which it had before the shift operation had been started English Release 2012 09 117 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Opera The fo tions via the Mouse Wheel llowing operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operat ion Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the cuboid The actual operation is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down zooms out of the current mouse position in all three directions e mouse wheel up zooms into the current mouse position in all three directions e Shift mouse wheel down zooms only out from the horizontal axis from the middle of the horizontal axis o lt x gt mouse wheel down behaves like Shift mouse wheel down e Shift mouse wheel up zooms only into the horizontal axis from the middle of the hori zontal axis o lt x gt mouse wheel up behaves like Shift mouse wheel up e Ctrl mouse wheel down zooms only out from the
62. of a MTC Orbit T001 Orbit 02 Orbit L Orbit 01 Orbit Figure 7 Example of the Legend Area of a MTC Orbit T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button Selecting of data within the Legend Area is performed identically to the selecting of items within the other trees of the X Tools Client In case a data within the Legend Area is being selected all items of other type e g x axis and y axis of the clicked Monitoring Chart are deselected automatically single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto any text within the Leg end Area starts a Drag amp Drop operation for the currently selected data s as soon as the mouse cursor is moved e a Drag amp Drop operation within the same MTC Orbit T001 moves the dragged data s to the new position o Ctrl can be pressed in order to execute a copy operation instead of the move opera tion within the same MTC Orbit T001 e a Drag amp Drop operation to another MTC Orbit T001 copies the dragged data s to the new position o Shift can be pressed in order to execute a move operation instead of the copy op eration to the other MTC Orbit T001 e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without moving or copying anything double click A double click of the left mo
63. of the vector to the X1 Y 1 position of the vector An arrow points directly to the X1 Y1 position in order to show the direction of the vector Both the X0 YO and the X1 Y1 position can be anywhere within the Curve Area none of them must be directly within the center of the x and y axes The data style defines how a data is visualized graphically It contains the parameters for the color strength style of the line as well as the parameters for the color strength style of the mark and the rendering method The styles of each data can be defined at different levels by the user The style of each data can be set at the following levels where the settings of a higher level overwrite the set tings of a lower level top high bottom low e Data Style dialog of the MTC Vector2D T001 e default data style of the MTC Vector2D T001 English Release 2012 09 48 1214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Keyboard Operations The following operations can be performed via the keyboard Keyboard Operation Description lt gt zooms into the x and y axis simultaneously lt Shift gt lt gt zooms only into the x axis lt x gt lt gt behaves like lt Shift gt lt gt Ctrl lt gt zooms only into the y axis lt y gt lt gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt gt lt gt zooms out from the x and y axis simultaneously lt Shift
64. performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move down moves the Legend Area down e right mouse button down mouse move up moves the Legend Area up e Esc cancels the current operation and sets the position of the Legend Area back to the place which it had before the shift operation had been started The shifting of the legend texts is enabled only in case not all of the available legend texts fit into the currently available vertical space English Release 2012 09 187 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Drag amp Drop of Data During all Drag amp Drop of data into the Legend Area the following rules apply In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC yx T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC yx T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC yx T001 lt Shift gt can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC yx T001 lt Ctrl gt can be pressed in order
65. right border of the slider button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button down onto the right border of the slider button allows to modify the newest displayed time e inthis case the behavior is the same as if the left mouse button would have been pressed onto the right border of the slider button single click with keeping the button onto the left and right borders of the slider button simultaneously A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button down onto the left and right border of the slider button simultaneously e g because the distance in between them is so small only the oldest displayed time is being modified by a following move operation e inthis case the behavior is the same as if the left mouse button would have been pressed onto the left and right borders of the slider button simultaneously single click with keeping the button in between the left and right borders of the slider button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down in between the left and right borders of the slider button starts to shift the currently configured time interval in time e inthis case the behavior is the same as if the left mouse button would have been pressed between the left and right borders of the slider button Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description shifting and
66. scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the Curve Area The actual operation is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled mouse wheel down zooms out of the current mouse position of the x and y axis simulta neously mouse wheel up zooms into the current mouse position of the x and y axis simultane ously Shift mouse wheel down moves all curves within the Curve Area to the left o lt x gt mouse wheel down behaves like Shift mouse wheel down Shift mouse wheel up moves all curves within the Curve Area to the right o x mouse wheel up behaves like Shift mouse wheel up Ctrl mouse wheel down moves all curves within the Curve Area up o lt y gt mouse wheel down behaves like Ctrl mouse wheel down Ctrl mouse wheel up moves all curves within the Curve Area down o lt y gt mouse wheel up behaves like Ctrl mouse wheel up English Release 2012 09 178 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Drag amp Drop of Data When a time series data is dropped into the Curve Area it is added to the currently present data of the MTC yx T001 left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation and adds the dragged data s to the topmost x axis data In case any of the dropped data has a time domain which does not exist within the MTC yx T001 yet this data is used as a new x a
67. specific context m enu items are provided for the Zoom out from x Axis button Context Menu Item Show Toolbar gt Description sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Auto scale Axis gt sets whether the x axis shall automatically adopt its scaling so that always the complete values of the contained data are visible Fit to Axis sets the scaling of the x axis so that the complete values of the contained data are visible Manual scale x Axis opens the Manual scale x Axis dialog Copy x Axis Scaling copies the scaling of the x axis Paste x Axis Scaling pastes the currently copied x axis scaling onto the x axis Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC ynm T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Zoom into y Axis button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Auto scale Axis gt sets whether the y axis shall automatically adopt its scaling so that always the complete values of the contained data are visible Fit to Axis sets the scaling of the y axis so that the complete values of the contained data are visible Manual scale y Axi
68. specified via the submenu of this item Show Sliders gt sets the visibility of the Slider Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yx T001 English Release 2012 09 179 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 6 3 x Axis Area The x Axis Area of the MTC yx T001 is used in order to display the scaling of the present x axis Via mouse operations the user is able to zoom scroll and maintain the available data The following screenshot shows an example of the x Axis Area of a MTC yx T001 6 5 4 3 2 a i 2 3 4 5 Figure 101 Example of the x Axis Area of a MTC yx T001 oe Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button Single and multiple x axis can be selected deselected through a left mouse button click e left mouse button down above any x axis selects the below x axis e Ctrl left mouse button down is used in order to select deselect x axis after x axis e lt Shift gt left mouse button down is used in order to select deselect all x axis from the last selected x axis to the x axis below the current mouse position o incase there is no
69. sssssssssssssssseenene 48 Example of the x Axis Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 sssssssssssssssseeeee 52 Figure 23 Example of the y Axis Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 sssssssssseeemeeeeee 54 Figure 24 Example of the Slider Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 ssssssssee emen 56 Figure 25 Example of the Legend Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 ssssssssssee eee 58 Figure 26 Example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 sssssssee mee 60 Figure 27 Example of the Measurement Cursor of a MTC Vector2D T001 sssssssseee 62 Figure 28 Example of a Measurement Cursors Table of a MTC Vector2D T001 sess 64 Figure 29 Example of a Chart Options Dialog of a MTC Vector2D T001 sss 65 Figure 30 Example of a Chart Styles Dialog of a MTC Vector2D T001 ssssssssssee 69 Figure 31 Example of a Data Style Dialog of a MTC Vector2D T001 sss 70 Figure 32 Example of a Select Style Dialog of a MTC Vector2D T001 ssssssssseee 71 Figure 33 Example of a Manual scale x Axis Dialog of a MTC Vector2D T001 ssssssssssess 72 Figure 34 Example of a Manual scale y Axis Dialog of a MTC Vector2D T001 ssssssssssess 73 Figure 35 Example of a Manual scale Renderer Dialog of a MTC Vector2D T001 sssssss 74 Figure 36 Dropping of Data in order to o
70. storing of the data which are contained within the MTC Vector2D T001 Data Snapshot Scope gt sets the scope for data snapshots to the setting which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Vector2D T001 2 2 2 8 Measurement Cursor The Measurement Cursors are represented through one 2 dimensional cross where the cross is placed exactly at the point of intersection of both dimensions and moves into all four directions from there until it reaches the borders of the Curve Area In addition the measurement cursor also draws a line from the origin of the x and y axes to the 2 dimensional cross The Measurement Cursors can be shifted in horizontal and vertical direction The following screenshot shows an example of the Measurement Cursor of a MTC Vector2D T001 1 Online Data with absolute Timestamps Vector 1 Vector 2 Vector 3 Vector 4 Vector 5 Vector 6 AR HETEREESEERER BESET T A EY A A o O amp K 2012 02 14 16 49 33 534 000 000 GMT 01 00 reni loot tod gt a a 2 4 6 8 Ax 4 Figure 27 Example of the Measurement Cursor of a MTC Vector2D T001 English Release 2012 09 62 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Left Mou
71. sub menu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC ynm T001 2 2 4 7 Legend Area The Legend Area displays all of the data which are present within the MTC ynm T001 at the moment The following screenshot shows an example of the Legend Area of a MTC ynm T001 H2D 01 Histogram2DForSignal Figure 68 Example of the Legend Area of a MTC ynm T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button Selecting of data within the Legend Area is performed identically to the selecting of items within the other trees of the X Tools Client In case a data within the Legend Area is being selected all items of other type e g x axes y axes and z axes of the clicked Monitoring Chart are deselected automatically single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto any text within the Leg end Area starts a Drag amp Drop operation for the currently selected data s as soon as the mouse cursor is moved e a Drag amp Drop operation within the same MTC ynm T001 moves the dragged data s to the new position o Ctrl can be pressed in order to execute a copy operation instead of the move opera
72. the Cursor Area of the parent Monitoring View Editor of the MTC yn T001 Column Description No contains the row number Chart contains the name of the chart from which the data comes Data contains the name of the data Unit contains the unit of the data Frequency Marker contains the name of the Frequency Marker Frequency Hz contains the frequency of the Frequency Marker Amplitude contains the amplitude of the data at the frequency of the Frequency Marker The contents of the Frequency Markers table can be copied to the clipboard of Windows From there they can be inserted into any other compatible application English Release 2012 09 101 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 3 15 Chart Options Dialog 2 2 3 15 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Chart Options dialog x No Value 01 Chart Name Monitoring Chart 01 02 Time Domain Online Data with absolute Timestamps 03 Time Base Default Show Background Grid 05 Show Legend DB Show Toolbar Show x Axes 08 Show y Axes 09 Show Sliders 10 Rescale x Axes after Open No 11 Rescale x Axes after Action No 12 Rescale y Axes after Open No 13 Rescale y Axes after Action No Update Display Time after Open No 15 Update Display Time after Action No 16 Undo Redo Buffer Size 33 Data Snapshot Scope Current Monitoring Char
73. the Curve Area see point 2 2 1 2 English Release 2012 09 28 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System Context Menu SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show Sliders gt sets the visibility of the Slider Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Manual scale Renderer opens the Manual scale Renderer dialog Pause Visualization pauses the visualization which pauses the automatic update of all data which belongs to this slider Continue Visualization continues the visualization which continues the automatic update of all data which belongs to this slider Update Display Time after Open gt sets the update type of the display time after opening of the Monitoring View File to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Update Display Time after Action gt sets the update type of the display time after an action to the type which is specified via the sub menu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Orbit T001 2 2 1 6 Legend Area The Legend Area displays all of the data which are present within the MTC Orbit T001 at the moment The following screenshot shows an example of the Legend Area
74. the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Orbit T001 2 2 1 5 Slider Area The Slider Area of the MTC Orbit T001 is used in order to configure the currently visualized point in time The total width of each slider represents the oldest and the newest available time of the current data of its time do main and the inside slider button represents the currently visualized point in time out of the total time interval of the data By dragging of the slider button the currently visualized time is modified The following screenshot shows an example of the Slider Area of a MTC Orbit T001 MESE AAA 1 Orbit 02 Orbit Offline Data with absolute Timestamps 2 Orbit 01 Orbit Online Data with absolute Timestamps Time Domains 2009 06 04 12 23 17 079 000 000 GMT 02 00 2011 07 18 14 20 31 627 800 000 GMT 02 00 Figure 6 Example of the Slider Area of a MTC Orbit T001 Within the Slider Area there is one slider being available for each data which is present within the legend The order of the displayed sliders from top to bottom matches the order of the currently present data within the leg end Naming of Sliders Each slider displays its name at its left bottom corner The name of each slider contains the following compo nents e number of the slider e name of the x axis data which is assigned to the slider e name of the used time domain Available Times The left border of each slider always display
75. the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yt T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Pause Visualization button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Pause Visualization pauses the visualization which stops the automatic update of all data Continue Visualization continues the visualization which continues the automatic update of all data Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yt T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Continue Visualization button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Pause Visualization pauses the visualization which stops the automatic update of all data Continue Visualization continues the visualization which continues the automatic update of all data Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yt T001 English Release 2012 09 160 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monit
76. the available input formats for the display time Display Time Value allows to enter the display time of the scaling 2 2 2 16 2 1 Menu Bar Menu Button Description OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 741214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 2 17 Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas The following screenshot shows the places within a MTC Vector2D T001 onto which data can be dropped in order to open a new Monitoring Chart ae axing Chart 01 MTC Vector2D TOO 1 Online Data with absolute Timestamps Vector 1 Vector 2 Vector 3 Vector 4 Vector 5 NJ E Y M Vector 6 Figure 36 Dropping of Data in order to open a new Monitoring Chart The following screenshot shows the places within a MTC Vector2D T001 onto which data can be dropped in order to add the data to the existing MTC Vector2D T001 ds Online Data with absolute Timestamps 2012 02 14 16 29 48 409 000 000 GMT 01 00 Pen oos od gt 11 3 La Vector 3 Vector 4 Vector 5 Vector 6 Figure 37 Dropping of Data in order to add it to the existing MTC Vector2D T001 English Release 2012 09 751214 SIPLUS CM
77. the available minor scaling dividers Auto scale Axis Auto scale Axis Description On In this mode the MTC yt T001 constantly sets the scaling of the y axis so that all available values of the data at the y axis stay visible Off In this mode the MTC yt T001 uses the specified Minimum Value and Maximum Value parame ters for the scaling of the y axis English Release 2012 09 172 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Auto set Scaling Interval Auto set Scaling Interval Description On In this mode the MTC yt T001 constantly sets the scaling interval of the y axis according to the currently displayed value interval Off In this mode the MTC yt T001 uses the specified Scaling Interval and Scaling Interval Exponent parameters for the scaling interval of the y axis In case the specified parameters would lead to overlapping numbers the automatic scaling interval is being used automatically until the specified parameters allow a valid scaling again 2 2 5 14 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed 2 2 5 15 Manual scale y Axis Dialog for binary y Axes 2 2 5 15 1 Overview
78. the currently displayed value interval Off In this mode the MTC Vector2D T001 uses the specified Scaling Interval and Scaling Interval Exponent parameters for the scaling interval of the y axis In case the specified parameters would lead to overlapping numbers the automatic scaling interval is being used automatically until the specified parameters allow a valid scaling again 2 2 2 15 2 1 Menu Bar Menu Button Description OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed 2 2 2 16 Manual scale Renderer Dialog 2 2 2 16 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale Renderer dialog Renderer Parameters No Parameter Value Target Slider 1 Online Data with absolute Timestamps Display Time Format Text Display Time Value 2012 02 14 17 13 59 639 000 000 Cancel Figure 35 Example of a Manual scale Renderer Dialog of a MTC Vector2D T001 2 2 2 16 2 Renderer Parameters Table The Renderer Parameters table contains the rendering parameters of a currently selected slider Parameter Description Target Slider allows to switch between the available sliders Display Time Format allows to switch between
79. the following values via the context menu of the On Off Measurement Cursors button of the Toolbar Area and via the Chart Options dialog The configuration can be done independently for running and paused visualizations Auto scroll Cursors Description Yes When the Measurement Cursors are configured to scroll automatically with a t axis their position in time stays constant together with the time of the t axis and the positions of the Measurement Cursors are changed in relation to the framework of the MTC yt T001 when the t axis is shifted or zoomed In case multiple t axes are present the position in time of the Measurement Cursors stay constant in relation to the default t axis No When the Measurement Cursors are configured to keep their static position within the framework of the MTC yt T001 their position stays constant in relation to the framework of the MTC yt T001 and the position in time is moving when the time of their t axis is shifted or zoomed English Release 2012 09 161 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting of the measurement cursor is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse b
80. the mouse cursor Drag amp Drop of Data When a data is dropped onto an existing x axis it is added to the currently present data of this x axis e left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation and adds the dragged data s to the x axis below the current mouse position and to the default y axis e Alt left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation creates a new x axis and adds the dragged data s to this new x axis and to the default y axis e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC yn T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC yn T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC yn T001 Shift can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC yn T001 Ctrl can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show x Axes gt sets the visibility of the x Axes Area to the state whic
81. the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yn T001 2 2 3 5 Slider Area The Slider Area of the MTC yn T001 is used in order to configure the currently visualized point in time The total width of each slider represents the oldest and the newest available time of the current data of its time domain and the inside slider button represents the currently visualized point in time out of the total time interval of the data By dragging of the slider button the currently visualized time is modified The following screenshot shows an example of the Slider Area of a MTC yn T001 1 Online Data with absolute Timestamps Time Domains 2011 01 14 08 48 49 599 000 000 GMT 01 00 Figure 42 Example of the Slider Area of a MTC yn T001 Within the Slider Area there is one slider being available for each of the possible time domains Each slider is being displayed only in case its according time domain is actually being used within the current MTC yn T001 Naming of Sliders Each slider displays its name at its left bottom corner The name of each slider contains the following compo nents e number of the slider e name of the used time domain Available Times The left border of each slider always displays and represents the oldest time of all of the data of its time domain The right border of each slider always displays and represents the newest time of all of the data of its time do main In case
82. the y axis become visible The following actions result in an automatic update of the display time in case this mode is cho sen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC Vector2D T001 No In case the update mode for the display time after an action is set to No the MTC Vector2D T001 does not touch the display time after an external action has modified the displayed data and leaves it at the current value 2 2 2 10 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all options back to their default settings Set as Standard Sets the current options as standard options for each new MTC Vector2D T001 The options of already existing MTC Vector2D T001s are not being changed by this operation OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 68 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 2 11 Chart Styles Dialog 2 2 2 11 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Chart Styles dialog Default Styles of Data ane of Controls No Value Color Data 32 Restore Defaults
83. they are not needed and one or more parts may be present in addi tion to the following ones because they are necessary e Monitoring View Settings Table e Menu Bar 2 3 2 2 Monitoring View Settings Table The Monitoring View Settings table contains all of the view dependent settings which can be configured within a Monitoring View Parameter Description Target Name contains the name of the target to which the Monitoring View is stored Storage Path contains the path to which the Monitoring View is stored absolute or symbolic path Creation Date contains the creation date of the Monitoring View Modification Date contains the last modification date of the Monitoring View View Description contains the description of the Monitoring View Company Name contains the company name Author Name contains the author name Target Name All of the information about the Target Name and Storage Path is set up within the Save As dialog English Release 2012 09 206 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 3 2 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description New This button creates a new empty Monitoring View and initializes the Monitoring View Settings table with the default values for new Monitoring Views In case there is a Monitoring View opened already it is closed automatically before the new one is being created Open This button opens the
84. this document for agreement with the hardware and software described Since deviations cannot be precluded entirely we cannot guarantee full agreement However the data in the manual are reviewed regularly and any necessary cor rections will be included in subsequent editions Suggestions for improvement are welcomed Siemens AG Industry Sector P O Box 4848 90327 Nuremberg Siemens AG 2012 Germany Technical data subject to change English Release 2012 09 2 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Table of Contents 1 Preta RR UR 13 1 1 Purpose of this Document idt E HP ates Mi oc ride orbita ner tained 13 1 2 Validity of this Doc Mendieta 13 1 3 Audiences etus ite er er isolate tiep fli ede o tio 13 1 4 NOtatONS TS 14 2 Monitoring SyStelm iiie A re ER oc d pe eal 15 2 1 Monitoring System EXpPIOrer ronisin isian ener enne en nenne nennen esee nnne nnns 15 2 1 1 OVOIVIOW iioi cedendo m enin ise ene uu 15 2 12 Main Brarichi me ANE EUER e 16 2 1 3 Editors Branch e 16 2 1 4 Monitoring Charts Brane ibo tei tc enixa OT b deka OE ERE CO lent bua Ec oed eundi 16 2 1 5 Monitoring Chart Branch is asrine orian iieri diia EEA Een tA Dire en nennen enne nennen enn 16 2 1 6 Monitoring View Editors BranCh ooononnccnnnnniccnnnoccccnnonnncnanancnnc nano nc eene eE AERA E EAER TARA 16 2 1 7 Monitoring View Editor Branch ssssesssseseseeneenenen nennen aA nennen nnns 17 2 1 8 Servers Branch
85. tion within the same MTC ynm T001 e a Drag amp Drop operation to another MTC ynm T001 copies the dragged data s to the new position o Shift can be pressed in order to execute a move operation instead of the copy op eration to the other MTC ynm T001 e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without moving or copying anything double click A double click of the left mouse button onto any text within the Legend Area opens the Data Style dialog for the data below the current mouse position English Release 2012 09 126 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Legend Area opens the context menu for the Legend Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button above the Legend Area starts a shift operation for the legend texts The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move down moves the Legend Area down e right mouse button down mouse move up moves the Legend Area up e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets the position of the Legend Area back to the place which it had before the shift
86. vector data Automatic Update of the Cursor Position The automatic update of the cursor position is performed only in case the Measurement Cursor is assigned to a 2 dimensional vector data currently In case the Measurement Cursor is assigned to a data it is assigned either to the X0 YO position of the data or to the X1 Y1 position of the data After an update of the visualization the assigned point of the Measurement Cursor may have been moved In this case the Measurement Cursor is being placed automatically to the new X0 YO or X1 Y1 position In case the 2 dimensional vector data to which the Measurement Cursor is assigned currently is removed from the MTC Vector2D T001 or does not provide a value any more the Measurement Cursor remains at the last known position and does not update its position any more English Release 2012 09 63 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 2 9 Measurement Cursors Table The Measurement Cursors table contains the measurement values of all MTC Vector2D T001s which are pre sent within the parent Monitoring View Editor The following screenshot shows an example for the Measure ment Cursors table fora MTC Vector2D T001 Measurement Cursors MTC Vector2D TOO1 No Chart Data Unit x0 YO XT y1 Length jAnge 1 Monitoring Chart 01 Cursor 0 000 0 000 75 425 65 659 100 000 138 960 2 Monitoring Chart 01 Add 2D 01 Vector 1 0 000 0 000 7
87. with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move down moves the y axis down e right mouse button down mouse move up moves the y axis up e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets all axes scaling back to the values which they had before the shift operation had been started Shifting of the y Axis Area is possible only in case the origin is not locked Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the y Axis Area The actual operation is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down moves the y axis up e mouse wheel up moves the y axis down e lt Ctrl gt mouse wheel down zooms out of the y axis from the current y position of the mouse cursor e Ctrl mouse wheel up zooms into the y axis from the current y position of the mouse cursor Shifting of the y Axis Area is possible only in case the origin is not locked Drag amp Drop of Data When a data is dropped onto an existing y axis it is added to the currently present data of the MTC Orbit T001 as if the data would have been dropped directly into the Curve Area see point 2 2 1 2 English Release 2012 09 261214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitor
88. 00 0 000 2 Monitoring Chart 01 FFT 01 FFTForSignal 2 Harmonic H2 268 106 0 008 134 053 0 007 03 Monitoring ChartO1 FFT 01 FFTForSignal 3 Harmonic H3 402153 O007 268 106 0 009 04 Monitoring Chart 01 FFT 01 FFTForSignal 4 Harmonic H4 535 213 N A 402153 N A Subharmonics 01 Monitoring Chart 01 134053 0 016 0 000 0 000 02 Monitoring Chart 01 FFT 01 FFTForSignal 2 Subharmonic H2 67 027 0 032 67 027 0 015 03 Monitoring Chart 01 FFT 01 FFTForSignal 3 Subharmonic H3 44 6584 0 048 83 363 0 032 Upper Sidebands 01 Monitoring Chart 01 91 944 0 023 0 000 0 000 02 Monitoring Chart 01 FFT 01 FFTForSignal 1 Upper Sideband 51 110 382 0 020 18 439 0 004 03 Monitoring Chart 01 FFT 01 FFTForSignal 2 Upper Sideband 52 128 821 O01 36 877 0 007 El Lower Sidebands 91 Monitoring Chart 01 31 344 0 023 0 000 0 000 02 Monitoring Chart 01 FFT 01 FFTForSignal 1 Lower Sideband 51 73 505 0 029 18 439 0 006 03 Monitoring Chart 01 FFT 01 FFTForSignal 2 Lower Sideband 52 55 066 D 033 36 877 0 016 100 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS It is opened within the Cursor Area of the parent Monitoring View Editor of the MTC yn T001 Column Description No contains the row number Chart contains the name of the chart from which the data comes Data contains the name of the data Unit contains the unit of the data A
89. 01 In case the display time is being updated also the number of to be rendered points is being set to 1000 No In case the update mode for the display time after an action is set to No the MTC yx T001 does not touch the display time after an external action has modified the displayed data and leaves it at the current value 2 2 6 10 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all options back to their default settings Set as Standard Sets the current options as standard options for each new MTC yx T001 The options of already existing MTC yx T001s are not being changed by this operation OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 197 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 6 11 Chart Styles Dialog 2 2 6 11 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Chart Styles dialog Default Styles of Data Styles of Controls No Value Color uA S ee 01 Chart Background ee Grid 05 Axes Color 06 Zooming Frame Text of selected Items Active 08 Text of selected Items Inactive 09 Background of selected Items Active Background of selected Items Inactiv
90. 05 500 06 000 0 2011 01 13 17 02 01 531 bs SET G 2011 01 13 17 02 06 531 Em mmm GMT 01 7 Figure 97 Dropping of Data in order to open a new Monitoring Chart The following screenshot shows the places within a MTC yt T001 onto which data can be dropped in order to add the data to the existing MTC yt T001 ION AnalogInput T001 CHO2 V ION AnalogInput T001 CHO1 V ION BinaryInput TOD1 CHO1 1 02 500 03 000 03 500 04 000 04 500 05 000 02 000 DOO O6 01 13 17 02 01 531 ss mmm G1 2011 01 13 17 02 06 5 E ona GMT 01 00 01 57 01 58 H 02 04 2 0 02 06 2011 01 13 17 0 rob 2011 01 13 17 02 06 eS GMT 01 00 Figure 98 Dropping of Data in order to add it to the existing MTC yt T001 English Release 2012 09 174 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 6 MTC yx T001 2 2 6 1 Overview SIPLUS CMS The MTC yx T001 is used in order to visualize create and edit y f x charts of numerical data within a Moni toring View Editor Multiple charts of this type can be opened and used simultaneously within one Monitoring View Editor and or within multiple Monitoring View Editors The following screenshot shows an example of a MTC yx T001 1 ION AnalogInput T001 CHO Online Data with absolute Timestamps 2011 01 28 18 2011 01 28 18 05 33 790 000 000 GMT 01 00 312 000 000 GMT 01 00 ION AnalogInput T001 CHO v L JON AnalogInput T001 CHO3 V ION AnalogInput T001 C
91. 1 2 2 1 16 2 Renderer Parameters Table The Renderer Parameters table contains the rendering parameters of a currently selected slider Parameter Description Target Slider allows to switch between the available sliders Display Time Format allows to switch between the available input formats for the display time Display Time Value allows to enter the display time of the scaling Rendered Points allows to enter the number of points which shall be calculated by the renderer for each orbit visu alization 2 2 1 16 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 451214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 1 17 Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas The following screenshot shows the places within a MTC Orbit T001 onto which data can be dropped in order to open a new Monitoring Chart Orbit 02 Orbit Offline Data with absolute Timestamps E Orbit 01 Orbit Online Data with absolute Timestamps T Orbit 02 Orbit Orbit 01 Orbit Figure 18 Dropping of Data in order to open a new Monitoring Chart The following screenshot shows the places withi
92. 1 does not touch the scaling of its y axis after an external action has modified the displayed data and leaves it at the current values English Release 2012 09 37 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Update Display Time after Open Update Display Time after Open Description Yes In case the update mode for the display time after open is set to Yes the MTC Orbit T001 auto matically sets its display time to the newest available point in time after the Monitoring View File has been opened No In case the update mode for the display time after open is set to No the MTC Orbit T001 does not touch the display time after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored value from the Monitoring View File Update Display Time after Act ion Update Display Time after Action Description Yes In case the update mode for the display time after an action is set to Yes the MTC Orbit T001 automatically sets its display time to the newest available point in time after an external action has modified the displayed data so that all values from the y axis become visible The following actions result in an automatic update of the display time in case this mode is cho sen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC Orbit T001 No
93. 12 09 162 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS The contents of the Measurement Cursors table can be copied to the clipboard of Windows From there they can be inserted into any other compatible application 2 2 5 9 Chart Options Dialog 2 2 5 9 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Chart Options dialog Chart Options No 01 Chart Name Monitoring Chart 07 Time Domain Online Data with absolute Timestamps 03 Time Base Default 04 Show Background Grid Yes 05 Show Legend Yes 06 Show Toolbar Yes Show tAxes Yes DB Show y Axes 09 Show Names of binary Data Rescale t Axes after Open 11 Rescale t Axes after Action 12 Rescale y Axes after Open Rescale y Axes after Action Group new tAxes automatically 15 Auto scroll Cursors Running 16 Auto scroll Cursors Paused Undo Redo Buffer Size Data Snapshot Scope Current Monitoring Chart Restore Defaults Set as Standard Cancel Figure 90 Example of a Chart Options Dialog of a MTC yt T001 English Release 2012 09 163 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 5 9 2 SIPLUS CMS Chart Options Table The Chart Options table contains the chart options of the MTC yt T001 Parameter Description Chart Name allows to enter a name for the chart Time Domain allows to choose the tim
94. 2 2 3 17 2 2 3 19 Manual scale x Axis Dialog 2 2 3 19 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale x Axis dialog x Axis Parameters No P 1 Auto scale Axis 2 Minimum Value 0 611 3 Minimum Value Exponent 0 Maximum Value 5 001 5 Maximum Value Exponent 13 6 Auto set Scaling Interval On Scaling Interval N 8 Scaling Interval Exponent 9 Minor Scaling Divider N None Figure 57 Example of a Manual scale x Axis Dialog of a MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 109 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 3 19 2 SIPLUS CMS x Axis Parameters Table The x Axis Parameters table contains the parameters of a currently selected x axis Parameter Description Auto scale Axis allows to switch between the available auto scale axis modes Minimum Value allows to enter the minimum value of the scaling Minimum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported minimum value exponents Maximum Value allows to enter the maximum value of the scaling Maximum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported maximum value exponents Auto set Scaling Interval allows to switch between the available modes for the automatic scaling interval Scaling Interval allows to enter the scaling interval Scaling Interval Exponent allows t
95. 4 4 143 1 861 2 282 10 000 10 000 Figure 89 Example of a Measurement Cursors table of a MTC yt T001 It is opened within the Cursor Area of the parent Monitoring View Editor of the MTC yt T001 Column Description No contains the row number Chart contains the name of the chart from which the data comes Data contains the name of the data Unit contains the unit of the data T1 contains the time of the data at the position of cursor 1 in case data with relative timestamps is present within the Cursor Table the unit of this column can be changed via its context menu Y1 contains the value of the data at the position of cursor 1 T2 contains the time of the data at the position of cursor 2 in case data with relative timestamps is present within the Cursor Table the unit of this column can be changed via its context menu Y2 contains the value of the data at the position of cursor 2 T2 T1 contains the difference between T2 and T1 the unit of this column can be changed via its context menu 1 T2 T1 contains 1 divided by the difference between T2 and T1 frequency the unit of this column can be changed via its context menu Y2 Y1 contains the difference in between Y2 and Y1 Min contains the minimal value of the data for the time period in between the two cursors Max contains the maximal value of the data for the time period in between the two cursors English Release 20
96. 4 16 Manual scale y Axis Dialog ssssessseeeeeeeneeen m eene rr 143 2 2 4 16 1 O e Lebe I eR Rep HD 143 2 2 4 17 Manual scale z Axis Dialog eiee rnan AEE EEEE eene nennt nnns 143 2 2 4 17 1 OVGrVIOW idest pa D Rp Rite dunt sse dira 143 2 2 4 18 Manual scale Color Gradient Dialog seem 144 2 2 4 18 1 SEA E ET E Pet ethan Madi atin ed Tct tein inte gott 144 2 2 4 18 2 Color Gradient Parameters Table ssssssesseee enne 144 2 2 4 18 3 Menu Batt EE 144 2 2 4 19 Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas eite eu ente cie e Pb Hei bte dice cdi e Medie bad 145 2 2 5 MEG yt 001 eaten A eae ate ede m Uode e o i 146 2 2 5 1 COVERVICW ie x5 tn ide teta ite etin P ur dte m id etin tis 146 2 2 5 2 CUIVe Aeg notet tu mtu Mm UEM ri le di dea era tne de 147 2 2 5 3 t Axes Areas meon anderer decr te 151 2 2 5 4 VANES AMEE ciis i n ep n Epp ea tipa 153 2 2 5 5 Legend Area tet ad did HU EL dd ev ate ct e od hee cu reed ust ide odd 156 2 2 5 6 TODA ATOI a a D UH 159 2 2 5 7 Measurement CUSO Sarriera Lid dd 161 2 2 5 8 Measurement Cursors Table etes tede eee ehe dece HIER reece lisina 162 2 2 5 9 Chart Options Dialog eener 2 e eee eter eee ile aden ER e d t a 163 2 2 5 9 1 UM E nc 163 2 2 5 9 2 Chart Options Table titre der e t et eder 164 2 2 5 9 3 Menu Bar diete et e a tot tt t dein s 166 2 2 5 10 Chart Styles Dialog e de e e e e d ee Le t tli dc 167 2 2 5 10 1 OVGIrVIOW inge tun Ub Peta pe P
97. 40 59 50 00 00 00 10 0 20 00 2012 09 06 14 59 30 mm ss G3 2012 09 06 15 00 30 mm ss GMT 02 00 ION AnalogInput TOO1 CHO1 V 3m emu 23 08 23 09 23 110 5 23 11 ale 23113 52314 23 115 235 2317 23 2009 06 04 12 23 06 mm ss G2 2009 06 04 12 23 18 mm ss GMT 02 00 Save As Figure 117 Example of a MVE Standard T001 English Release 2012 09 208 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Each control of the MVE Standard T001 has a defined task and provides certain functionalities The following major controls are provided by the MVE Standard T001 e Monitoring View Settings Table e Monitoring View Parameters Table e Automatic Reports Parameters Table e Automatic Reports Trigger Trable e Action Area e Cursor Area e Menu Bar e Dropping of Items 2 3 3 2 Monitoring View Settings Table The standard Monitoring View Settings table is being used by the MVE Standard T001 see point 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 Monitoring View Parameters Table The Monitoring View Parameters table contains all of the view dependent parameters which can be configured within a Monitoring View Parameter Description Time Domain allows to choose the time domain Time Base allows to choose the time base Keep Width of Curve Areas synchro allows to configure whether the width of Curve Areas shall be synchronized nized Keep Cursors synchronized allows to configure whether the position o
98. 4353 EE aO Eaedem 17 2 1 9 Nisi EE 17 2 1 10 Files BM Dm nU UM ee 17 2 1 11 File Location Branch id EAR R 17 2 1 12 Monitoring View Files Branch tire aiii 17 2 1 13 Libraries Branch iin tenta kei aec tua antes ERIT UE AED RR EE aue TE Eun adi 18 2 1 14 Monitoring Process Modules Branch ocoononcccnnnoccccnnnoccccnononcccnanoncncnnnno cnn r nano nc nr cnn rr rra 18 2 1 15 Monitoring Process Module Branch sssssssssse ener enne 18 2 2 Monitorirg Ghaltts 3 5 e dete tod a dep tco p tacet 19 2 2 1 MEG OIDIETO01 cet unb ei cm uetus 19 2 2 1 1 chu E 19 2 2 1 2 Curve A eot abeat edet E 20 2 2 1 3 X AXIS ATOa idet dei aote d n tu e redeo urere Re ages ee 23 2 2 1 4 ys AXIS ATOA titanic 25 2 2 1 5 Slider Area ae Ae edad as o Adee slag ee ad etl dd He dede oed eld Hia 27 2 2 1 6 Eeg nd Area sonat Siehe atre A 29 2 2 1 7 Toolbar Arca teatro tdt ate dim dot iac e ima ta itv steer 31 2 2 1 8 Measurement CUFLSOF 3 1 Le AA 33 2 2 1 9 Measurement Cursors Table sssssssssseseeeneeen eene enne enne 34 2 2 1 10 EOS een nennen nennen nennen ennemi nennen 35 2 2 1 10 1 OVEIWIOW EE 35 2 2 1 10 2 Chart Optloris Table iit etae ues dte Ashamed ha eua a 36 2 2 1 10 3 Mnt E 38 2 2 1 11 Chart Styles Dialog oai eco e eere de Dk ce der o ek dee Hd ad dee en d d as 39 2 2 1 11 1 OVGOLVIOWL sio ictor Loir heat A ct ince llf II Ie t rcm dosel inre need 39 2 2 1 11 2 Default Styles of Data Table cnn narran
99. 5 425 65 553 100 000 138 960 3 Monitoring Chart 01 Addv2D 01 Vector2 0 000 0 000 13 779 99 046 100 000 277 920 4 Monitoring Chart 01 Addv2D 01 Add 2D 0 000 0 000 61 646 33 388 70 107 208 440 Figure 28 Example of a Measurement Cursors Table of a MTC Vector2D T001 It is opened within the Cursor Area of the parent Monitoring View Editor of the MTC Vector2D T001 Column Description No contains the row number Chart contains the name of the chart from which the data comes Data contains the name of the data Unit contains the unit of the data X0 contains the XO position of the data YO contains the YO position of the data X1 contains the X1 position of the data Y1 contains the Y1 position of the data Length contains the length of the data Angle contains the angle of the data The contents of the Measurement Cursors table can be copied to the clipboard of Windows From there they can be inserted into any other compatible application English Release 2012 09 64 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 2 10 Chart Options Dialog 2 2 2 10 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Chart Options dialog x No Value 01 Chart Name MonitoringChatO1 02 Time Domain Online Data with absolute Timestamps 03 Time Base Default Show Background Grid D5 Show Legend DB Show Toolbar Show s Axis
100. 6 2 3 2 3 IUE 207 2 3 3 MVE Standard T0041 o e ne e EM ERIMQU RE 208 2 3 3 1 OVERVIOW Sieh ences teet ete A tira optet rd petes 208 2 3 3 2 Monitoring View Settings Table sse emm emnes 209 2 3 3 3 Monitoring View Parameters Table ssssssseeseeee emm enn 209 2 3 3 4 Automatic Reports Parameters Table sssssssssssssseee eene 211 2 3 3 5 Automatic Reports Trigger Table ooooonnncccnnnnccccnonocccccononcncnnnonccc conan eene 212 2 3 3 6 fill P ER 213 2 3 3 7 CUISORAICAL c inician adhe lated adie et eatin edam atte diate 213 2 3 3 8 INIM 213 2 3 3 9 Dropping of Itemts 5 oer taaan 213 3 Contact Information ine anie da mere RE eee ta 214 English Release 2012 09 9 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Table of Figures Figure 1 Example of a MTS Explorer nornata a ane Aae a a aneda aea aaea a eee a aaaea 15 Figure 2 Example of a MIC Orbit TOO Tocina 19 Figure 3 Example of the Curve Area of a MTC Orbit T001 sssssssssssse eee 20 Figure 4 Example of the x Axis Area of a MTC Orbit T001 sss emen 23 Figure 5 Example of the y Axis Area of a MTC Orbit T001 sss eene 25 Figure 6 Example of the Slider Area of a MTC Orbit T001 ssssssssssssessseeememe memes 27 Figure 7 Example of the Le
101. Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting of the measurement cursor is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse button down mouse move shifts the targeted measurement cursor to the new mouse position o in case the left mouse button was pressed above the horizontal line of the cursor the cursor is shifted only in vertical direction o in case the left mouse button was pressed above the vertical line of the cursor the cursor is shifted only in horizontal direction o in case the left mouse button was pressed above the point of intersection of both lines of the cursor the cursor is shifted in horizontal and vertical direction The values which are displayed by the Measurement Cursors table are updated automatically while the measurement cursor is shifted English Release 2012 09 192 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting of the measurement cursors is performed when the mouse is moved
102. CMS Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Fit to Chart sets the scaling of all t and y axes so that the complete values of all data within the MTC Vec tor2D T001 become visible Fit to Charts sets the scaling of all Monitoring Charts within the parent Monitoring View Editor so that the complete values of all data within all Monitoring Charts become visible Zoom in zooms in at all t and y axes simultaneously the new scaling interval is half of the old scaling interval and the center of the zooming is the current mouse position Zoom out zooms out at all t and y axes simultaneously the new scaling interval is the double of the old scaling interval and the center of the zooming is the current mouse position Lock Aspect Ratio gt sets the locking of the aspect ratio to the value which is specified via the submenu of this item Lock Origin gt sets the locking of the origin to the value which is specified via the submenu of this item Manual scale x Axis opens the Manual scale x Axis dialog Manual scale y Axis opens the Manual scale y Axis dialog Manual scale Renderer opens the Manual scale Renderer dialog Chart Options opens the Chart Options dialog Copy Chart Options copies the options of the MTC Vector2D T001 below the current mouse position Paste Chart Options pastes the currently
103. Charts in this case 2 3 3 4 Automatic Reports Parameters Table The Automatic Reports Parameters table contains all of the parameters which can be configured for the auto matic reports Parameter Description Width contains the width in pixels which the created report shall have Height contains the height in pixels which the created report shall have Target Location contains the location to which the reports shall be stored English Release 2012 09 211 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 3 3 5 Automatic Reports Trigger Table The Automatic Reports Trigger table contains all of the parameters which are relevant for the triggers of auto matic reports Parameter Description Trigger Mode contains the trigger mode Time Domain contains the time domain of the data onto which shall be triggered Trigger Data Name contains the name of the data onto which shall be triggered Trigger Type contains the trigger type Threshold Type contains the threshold type Interval Type contains the interval type Threshold Value contains the threshold value Lower Limit contains the lower limit of the interval Upper Limit contains the upper limit of the interval Hysteresis Value contains the hysteresis value Capture Delay Format contains the capture delay format Capture Delay Value co
104. Color Mark Strength Rendering Mode Interpolation Mode Example Default Default Default Default Default Default N N m Restore Defaults Figure 31 Example of a Data Style Dialog of a MTC Vector2D T001 English Release 2012 09 70 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 2 12 2 SIPLUS CMS Style Parameters Table The Style Parameters table contains the visualization style parameters of the currently selected data Parameter Description Line Type allows to switch between the available line types Line Color allows to enter the desired line color Line Strength allows to switch between the available line strengths Mark Type allows to switch between the available mark types Mark Color allows to enter the desired mark color Mark Strength allows to switch between the available mark strengths Rendering Mode allows to switch between the available rendering modes Interpolation Mode not applicable Example displays an example curve according to the specified data style A value of Default can be assigned to each style parameter In case Default is being chosen the according value from the Chart Styles dialog is being used for the visualization of the data 2 2 2 12 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all styles back to their default settings OK Clos
105. HO2 V L ION eas TOO1 CHO1 V omer am e Kee a msi que LA Figure 99 Example of a MTC yx T001 Each control of the MTC yx T001 has a defined task and provides certain functionalities The following major controls are provided by the MTC yx T001 e Curve Area e x Axis Area e y Axis Area e Slider Area e Legend Area e Toolbar Area e Measurement Cursors e Measurement Cursors Table e Chart Options Dialog e Chart Styles Dialog e Data Style Dialog e Select Style Dialog e Manual scale x Axis Dialog e Manual scale y Axis Dialog e Manual scale Renderer Dialog e Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas English Release 2012 09 175 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 6 2 Curve Area The Curve Area of the MTC yx T001 is used in order to visualize data of the function y f x Via mouse and keyboard operations the user is able to zoom scroll and maintain the available data The following screenshot shows an example of the Curve Area of a MTC yx T001 ION AnalogInput T001 CHO V LION AnalogInput T001 CHO3 V ION AnalogInput T001 CHO2 V L ION Analoginput TOOT CHO1 V EE LA ATA gt a i AAA PEN AAA O ne PA get aaas beoe i ac E tac A b m N XX L A A D Figure 100 Example of the Curve Area of a MTC yx T001 Background Grid The background grid of the MTC yx T001 extends the lines from the axis labeling into the Curve Are
106. Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button Single and multiple y axes can be selected deselected through a left mouse button click e left mouse button down above y axis selects the below y axis e Ctrl left mouse button down is used in order to select deselect y axis after y axis e lt Shift gt left mouse button down is used in order to select deselect all y axis from the last selected to the y axis below the current mouse position o incase there is no y axis selected at the moment only the below y axis is selected e multiple y axes can be selected deselected after each other through combinations of the above methods e incase there is a selection of items already and the user clicks onto any y axis which is not selected currently without pressing the Shift or Ctrl keys the currently selected items of the clicked Monitoring Chart are deselected and the clicked y axis becomes selected instead e incase the left mouse button or the right mouse button is being pressed anywhere out side the y Axes Area the currently selected items of the clicked Monitoring Chart are de selected single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a zoom operation In case of binary y axis a zoom operation at the y axis changes the height of the displayed binary ba
107. Mark Type allows to switch between the available mark types Mark Color allows to enter the desired mark color Mark Strength allows to switch between the available mark strengths Rendering Mode N A Interpolation Mode allows to switch between the available interpolation modes Example displays an example curve according to the specified data style A value of Default can be assigned to each style parameter In case Default is being chosen the according value from the Chart Styles dialog is being used for the visualization of the data English Release 2012 09 140 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Interpolation Mode Interpolation Mode Description Default When the interpolation mode is set to Default the interpolation mode setting is being taken from the parent definition within the Chart Styles dialog Bars with User defined Color When the interpolation mode Bars with User defined Color is chosen for a data the visualization displays one bar in y direction for each present value The color of the displayed bars of each data can be configured by the user Bars with Height dependent Color When the interpolation mode Bars with Height dependent Color is chosen for a data the visuali zation displays one bar in y direction for each present value The color of each displayed bar is dependent to its height depending to the height the according color from the c
108. Measurement Cursors restores the positions of the measurement cursors so that both of them are visible at the screen again Select Cursor gt specifies which measurement cursor shall have the input focus at the moment Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 90 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual The following specific context m 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS enu items are provided for the On Off Advanced Cursors button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Harmonics gt sets the visibility of the harmonic cursors to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Subharmonics gt sets the visibility of the subharmonic cursors to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Sidebands gt sets the visibility of the sideband cursors to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Restore Advanced Cursor gt restores the position of the chosen advanced cursors so that it is visible at the screen again Select Cursor gt specifies which advanced cursor shall have the input focus at the moment Print Scr
109. Open dialog where the user is able to select the file which shall be opened Save This button saves the currently opened Monitoring View to the currently known storage location In case the storage location has not been defined yet the Save As dialog is popping up automati cally and the user is able to select the desired storage location Save As This button opens the Save As dialog where the user is able to select the desired storage loca tion Close This button closes the editor In case the currently opened Loading Profile is not saved the editor asks the user whether the Loading Profile shall be saved before it is closed English Release 2012 09 207 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 3 3 MVE Standard T001 2 3 3 1 Overview The MVE Standard T001 is used in order to visualize create and edit Monitoring Views of type Standard T001 where each Monitoring View can contain one or multiple Monitoring Charts Multiple editors of this type can be opened and used simultaneously The following screenshot shows an example of a MVE Standard T001 Monitoring View Settings Monitoring View Parameters Automatic Reports Parameters 5 Automatic Reports Trigger ION AnalogInput T001 CHO1 V Er Pa ION AnalogInput TOOL CHO1 v 4 E ool 00 21 00 22 00 23 00 24 00 25 00 26 00 27 00 2 00 3 2012 09 06 15 00 20 mm ss G1 2012 09 06 15 00 E I at GMT 02 00 59 30 59
110. Renderer dialog Manual scale y Axis opens the Manual scale y Axis dialog Copy y Axis Scaling copies the scaling of the y axis below the current mouse position Paste y Axis Scaling pastes the currently copied y axis scaling onto the y axis below the current mouse position Rescale y Axis after Open gt sets the rescale type of the y axis after opening of the Monitoring View File to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Rescale y Axis after Action gt sets the rescale type of the y axis after an action to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yx T001 English Release 2012 09 183 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 6 5 Slider Area The Slider Area of the MTC yx T001 is used in order to configure the currently visualized time interval The total width of each slider represents the oldest and the newest available time of its x axis data and the inside slider button represents the currently visualized time interval out of the total time interval of the data By dragging of the slider button the currently visualized time is modified The following screenshot shows an example of the Slider Area of a MTC yx T001 1 ION AnalogInput
111. S X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 3 MTC yn T001 2 2 3 1 Overview The MTC yn T001 is used in order to visualize create and edit y f n charts for example the outputs of the FFT Histogram1D ApplyBlackman functions within a Monitoring View Editor Multiple editors of this type can be opened and used simultaneously within one Monitoring View Editor and or within multiple Moni toring View Editors The following screenshot shows an example of a MTC yn T001 1 Online Data with absolute Timestamps 2011 01 14 08 48 49 599 000 000 GMT 01 00 5 T FFT 01 FFTForSignal FFT 03 FFTForSignal fell Reli oll oos 409 gt a lc Figure 38 Example of a MTC yn T001 Each control of the MTC yn T001 has a defined task and provides certain functionalities The following major controls are provided by the MTC yn T001 Curve Area x Axes Area y Axes Area Slider Area Legend Area Toolbar Area Measurement Cursors Advanced Cursors Frequency Markers Measurement Cursors Table Advanced Cursors Table Frequency Markers Table Chart Options Dialog Chart Styles Dialog Data Style Dialog Select Style Dialog Manual scale x Axis Dialog English Release 2012 09 76 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS e Manual scale y Axis Dialog e Configure Frequency Markers Dialog e Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas 2 2 3 2 Curve Area The Curve Ar
112. SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Curve Area opens the context menu for the Curve Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved right mouse button down mouse move moves all curves within the Curve Area into the direction of the mouse move o when the Shift key is being pressed during the shift operation the curves are shifted only in horizontal direction when x key is being pressed during the shift operation the behavior is like if the Shift key is being pressed during the shift operation o when the Ctrl key is being pressed during the shift operation the curves are shifted only in vertical direction when lt y gt key is being pressed during the shift operation the behavior is like if the Shift key is being pressed during the shift operation Esc cancels the current operation and sets all axes scaling back to the values which they had before the shift operation had been started Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description
113. SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS SIEMENS Preface 1 Monitoring System 2 Contact Information 3 SIPLUS CMS SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System English Release 2012 09 English Release 2012 09 1 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Safety Guidelines This document contains notices which you should observe to ensure your own personal safety as well as to avoid property damage The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert symbol notices referring to property damage only have no safety alert symbol Danger Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury Warning Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury Caution Used with the safety alert symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in minor or mod erate injury gt ee Notice Used without the safety alert symbol indicates a potential situation which if not avoided may result in an undesirable result or state When several danger levels apply the notices of the highest level lower number are always displayed If a notice refers to personal damages with the safety alert symbol then another notice may be added warning of property damage
114. See also tutorial chapter Storing of Data Snapshots out of the Monitoring System Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operation can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Toolbar Area opens the context menu for the Toolbar Area The displayed context menu is dependent to the clicked toolbar button as described below Context Menu The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Zoom into x Axis button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Auto scale Axis gt sets whether the x axis shall automatically adopt its scaling so that always the complete values of the contained data are visible Fit to Axis sets the scaling of the x axis so that the complete values of the contained data are visible Manual scale x Axis opens the Manual scale x Axis dialog Copy x Axis Scaling copies the scaling of the x axis Paste x Axis Scaling pastes the currently copied x axis scaling onto the x axis Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC ynm T001 The following
115. T001 In case online data is being displayed and the option Use the local Time of the Offline Data is being chosen the time base for all online data is taken from the time base set ting of the Monitoring View like if Default would have been chosen for the time base of the MTC Orbit T001 Rescale x Axis after Open Rescale x Axis after Open Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the x axis after open is set to Yes the MTC Orbit T001 automati cally rescales its x axis after the Monitoring View File has been opened so that all values from all data of the x axis become visible No In case the rescale mode for the x axis after open is set to No the MTC Orbit T001 does not touch the scaling of its x axis after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored values from the Monitoring View File Rescale x Axis after Action Rescale x Axis after Action Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the x axis after an action is set to Yes the MTC Orbit T001 auto matically rescales its x axis after an external action has modified the displayed data so that all values from the x axis become visible The following actions result in an automatic rescale of the x axis in case this mode is chosen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC Orbit T001 No In case the re
116. T001 CHO Online Data with absolute Timestamps 2011 01 28 18 05 33 790 000 000 GMT 01 00 2 ION AnalogInput T001 CHO2 Online Data with absolute Timestamps 2011 01 28 18 05 33 912 000 000 GMT 01 00 Figure 103 Example of the Slider Area of a MTC yx T001 Time Domains Within the Slider Area there is one slider being available for each data which is assigned to the x axis The order of the displayed sliders from top to bottom matches the order of the currently present data at the x axis Naming of Sliders Each slider displays its name at its left bottom corner The name of each slider contains the following compo nents e number of the slider e name of the x axis data which is assigned to the slider e name of the used time domain Available Times The left border of each slider always displays and represents the oldest time which is available for its x axis data The right border of each slider always displays and represents the newest time which is available for its x axis data In case the visualization of online data is running not paused the left and right borders of the affected slider are constantly updated so that they represent the currently available time interval of their x axis data Displayed Times Below the right border of each slider the current time of the slider button is being displayed In case the visualization of online data is running not paused the displayed current time is constantly updated English
117. T001 is used in order to display the scaling of the present x axis Via mouse operations the user is able to zoom scroll and maintain the available data The following screenshot shows an example of the x Axis Area of a MTC Orbit T001 180 5 20 English Release 2012 09 pe 10 a 10 15 20 2 Figure 4 Example of the x Axis Area of a MTC Orbit T001 23 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button Single and multiple x axis can be selected deselected through a left mouse button click e left mouse button down above any x axis selects the below x axis e incase the left mouse button or the right mouse button is being pressed anywhere out side the x Axis Area the currently selected items of the clicked Monitoring Chart are de selected single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a zoom operation The actual zooming is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse button down mouse move right zooms out of the x axis from the x position where the left mouse button has been pressed e left mouse button down mouse move left zooms into the x axis from the x position where the left mouse button has been pressed e Esc cancels the current opera
118. TC ynm T001 lt Shift gt can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC ynm T001 Ctrl can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move Release 2012 09 118 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System Context Menu SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Fit to Chart sets the scaling of the horizontal vertical and depth axes so that the complete values of all data within the MTC ynm T001 become visible Fit to Charts sets the scaling of all Monitoring Charts within the parent Monitoring View Editor so that the complete values of all data within all Monitoring Charts become visible Zoom in zooms into the cuboid Zoom out zooms out from the cuboid Manual scale x Axis opens the Manual scale x Axis dialog Manual scale y Axis opens the Manual scale y Axis dialog Manual scale z Axis opens the Manual scale z Axis dialog Manual scale Color Gradient opens the Manual scale Color Gradient dialog Chart Options opens the Chart Options dialog Copy Chart Options copies the options of the MTC ynm T001 below the current mouse position Paste Chart Options pastes the currently copied MTC ynm T001 options onto the MTC ynm T001 below the current mouse position Chart Styles
119. Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the Toolbar Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show t Axes gt sets the visibility of the t Axes Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show y Axes gt sets the visibility of the y Axes Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yt T001 English Release 2012 09 150 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 5 3 t Axes Area The t Axes Area of the MTC yt T001 is used in order to display the scaling of the present t axes Via mouse operations the user is able to zoom scroll and maintain the available data The following screenshot shows an example of the t Axes Area of a MTC yt T001 02 000 02 500 03 000 03 500 04 000 04 500 05 000 05 500 06 000 06 51 2011 01 13 17 02 01 531 ss mmm Gl 2011 01 13 17 02 06 531 ss mmm GMT 01 00 01 57 01 58 01 59 02 00 02 01 02 02 02 03 02 04 02 05 02 06 2011 01 13 17 01 56 mmiss G2 2011 01 13 17 02 06 mm ss GMT 01 00 Figure 84 Example of the t Axes Area of a MTC yt T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing t
120. URA en Ge E EL thw e bete c Te eet 167 2 2 5 10 2 Default Styles of Data Table emen 167 2 2 5 10 3 Styles of Controls Table i eee ini 168 2 2 5 10 4 Menu Bar e aet gu eb e ge nb eu ae ise cog tiu lesse Hou 168 2 2 5 11 Data Style Dialog cita edente ede eode d ee ed ed i Pe de e d e ed Ea 168 2 2 5 11 1 OVGLVIGWE sio TN 168 2 2 5 11 2 Style Parameters Table noti p f pedet eius 169 2 2 5 11 3 Menu Bar iecit to eat am dede m d toi 170 2 2 5 12 Select Style Dialog e tee e e e ee al er d t etd 170 2 2 5 12 1 A mend ee e elo tette Presb Aet d BO tei aet ede Pee Te 170 2 2 5 13 Manual scale t Axis Dialog ssssssssseeeeeeee menm ene eren nnns 171 2 2 5 13 1 eM E E 171 English Release 2012 09 71214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 5 13 2 2 2 5 13 3 2 2 5 14 2 2 5 14 1 2 2 5 14 2 2 2 5 14 3 2 2 5 15 2 2 5 15 1 2 2 5 15 2 2 2 5 15 3 2 2 5 16 2 2 6 2 2 6 1 2 2 6 2 2 2 6 3 2 2 6 4 2 2 6 5 2 2 6 6 2 2 6 7 2 2 6 8 2 2 6 9 2 2 6 10 2 2 6 10 1 2 2 6 10 2 2 2 6 10 3 2 2 6 11 2 2 6 11 1 2 2 6 11 2 2 2 6 11 3 2 2 6 11 4 2 2 6 12 2 2 6 12 1 2 2 6 12 2 2 2 6 12 3 2 2 6 13 2 2 6 13 1 2 2 6 14 2 2 6 14 1 2 2 6 14 2 2 2 6 14 3 2 2 6 15 2 2 6 15 1 English Release 2012 09 t Axis Parameters Tables enn non aieo mtm ilic ie 171 Menu Bar tot ERO I deed ue E e peers 172 Manual scale y Axis Dialog for numerical y Axes
121. Undo button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Undo undoes the last operation from the undo buffer Undo all undoes all operations from the undo buffer Clear Undo Redo Buffer removes all entries from the undo redo buffer of the MTC yt T001 Change Undo Redo Buffer Size opens the Chart Options dialog sets the input focus to the Undo Redo Buffer Size edit control and puts it into editing mode Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yt T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Redo button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Redo redoes the last operation from the redo buffer Redo all redoes all operations from the redo buffer Clear Undo Redo Buffer removes all entries from the undo redo buffer of the MTC yt T001 Change Undo Redo Buffer Size opens the Chart Options dialog sets the input focus to the Undo Redo Buffer Size edit control and puts it into editing mode Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of
122. User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 4 19 Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas The following screenshot shows the places within a MTC ynm T001 onto which data can be dropped in order to open a new Monitoring Chart Online Data with absolute Timestamps H2D 01 Histogram2DForSignal Figure 80 Dropping of Data in order to open a new Monitoring Chart The following screenshot shows the places within a MTC ynm T001 onto which data can be dropped in order to add the data to the existing MTC ynm T001 Figure 81 Dropping of Data in order to add it to the existing MTC ynm T001 English Release 2012 09 145 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 5 MTC yt T001 2 2 5 1 Overview The MTC yt T001 is used in order to visualize create and edit y f t charts of numerical and or binary data within a Monitoring View Editor Multiple charts of this type can be opened and used simultaneously within one Monitoring View Editor and or within multiple Monitoring View Editors The following screenshot shows an example of a MTC yt T001 T ION AnalogInput T001 CHO2 V a ION AnalogInput T001 CHO1 V ION BinaryInput T001 CHO1 1 Nor sy NM NDA 28 pe 02 000 02 500 03 000 03 500 04 000 04 500 05 000 05 500 06 000 06 5 2011 01 13 17 02 01 531 ss mmm Gl 2011 01 13 17 02 06 531 ss mmm GMT 01 00 01 57 01 58 01 59 02 00 02 01 02 02 02 03 02 04 02 05 02 06 2011 01 13 17 01 56
123. X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 5 10 Chart Styles Dialog 2 2 5 10 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Chart Styles dialog Default Styles of Data Styles of Controls No Value Color AD S ee 01 Chart Background ee Grid 05 Zooming Frame 06 Text of selected Items Active Text of selected Items Inactive 08 Background of selected Items Active i 09 Background of selected Items Inactive 7 Data 32 Restore Defaults Set as Standard Cancel Figure 91 Example of a Chart Styles Dialog of a MTC yt T001 2 2 5 10 2 Default Styles of Data Table The Default Styles of Data table contains the default styles of data within the MTC yt T001 Parameter Description Data 01 Data 32 displays the currently chosen color and style for the according data A double click into the Color column of this control opens the Select Color dialog for the according row A double click into the Example column of this control opens the Select Style dialog for the according row English Release 2012 09 167 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 5 10 3 SIPLUS CMS Styles of Controls Table The Styles of Controls table contains the styles of the controls of the MTC yt T001 Parameter Description Chart Background displays the currently chosen color for the chart background B
124. a It is rep resented as a grid of horizontal and vertical lines in the background of the Curve Area The appearing and scaling of the background grid is configured via the Manual scale x Axis dialog for the vertical grid lines and via the Manual scale y Axis dialog for the horizontal grid lines In case the current background grid configuration is set to manual and the vertical and or horizontal grid lines can not be drawn because the grid lines would be too close to each other the background grid automatically switches to automatic distribution of the grid lines for the affected orientation s The manual settings are used again as soon as the scaling of the MTC yx T001 reaches a value which allows using the manual configuration Curve Visualization The data interpolation defines how two successive points of an already rendered data are connected when they are displayed All supported data interpolation modes are defined by the description of the Data Style dialog The data style defines how a data is visualized graphically It contains the parameters for the color strength style of the line as well as the parameters for the color strength style of the mark and the rendering method The styles of each data can be defined at different levels by the user The style of each data can be set at the following levels where the settings of a higher level overwrite the set tings of a lower level top high bottom low e Data Style d
125. a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC yx T001 lt Shift gt can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC yx T001 lt Ctrl gt can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move Data of other types are handled according to the definitions which are found later in this document Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show Sliders gt sets the visibility of the Slider Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Manual scale Renderer opens the Manual scale Renderer dialog Pause Visualization pauses the visualization which pauses the automatic update of all data which belongs to this slider Continue Visualization continues the visualization which continues the automatic update of all data which belongs to this slider Update Display Time after Open gt sets the update type of the display time after opening of the Monitoring View File to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Update Display Time after Action gt sets the update type of the display time after an action to the type which is specified via the sub
126. a the submenu of this item Auto scale Axis gt sets whether all selected y axes shall automatically adopt their scaling so that always the com plete values of their contained data are visible Fit to Axis sets the scaling of all selected y axes so that the complete values of their contained data are visi ble Set Background Grid Axis sets the y axis from which the context menu has been called as the y axis which is providing the horizontal background grid lines Set Default Axis sets the y axis from which the context menu has been called as the y axis which is the default y axis for newly dragged data Manual scale y Axis opens the Manual scale y Axis dialog for the selected y axes Copy y Axis Scaling copies the scaling of the y axis below the current mouse position Paste y Axis Scaling pastes the currently copied y axis scaling onto the y axis below the current mouse position Rescale y Axis after Open gt sets the rescale type of the y axis after opening of the Monitoring View File to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Rescale y Axis after Action gt sets the rescale type of the y axis after an action to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Remove Axis removes all selected y axes with all of their data from the MTC yn T001 Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves
127. able to rotate Zoom scroll and maintain the available data The following screenshot shows an example of the Curve Area of a MTC ynm T001 HeD 01 Histogram2DForSignal Z Si Ex E v v A amp bai 3 Im D 138 458 36 456 Figure 63 Example of the Curve Area of a MTC ynm T001 Background Grid The background grid of the MTC ynm T001 extends the lines from the axis labeling into the cuboid It is repre sented as a grid of horizontal vertical and in depth lines within the cuboid The appearing and scaling of the background grid is configured via the Manual scale x Axis dialog for the grid lines of the x axis via the Manual scale y Axis dialog for the grid lines of the y axis and via the Manual scale z Axis dialog for the grid lines of the z axis In case the current background grid configuration is set to manual and the vertical horizontal and or in depth grid lines can not be drawn because the grid lines would be too close to each other the background grid automatically switches to automatic distribution of the grid lines for the affected orientation s The manual set tings are used again as soon as the scaling of the MTC ynm T001 reaches a value which allows using the manual configuration Curve Visualization The data interpolation defines how two successive points of an already rendered data are connected when they are displayed All supported data interpolation modes are defined by the descript
128. ackground Grid displays the currently chosen style for the background grid Cursor 1 displays the currently chosen color for the first cursor Cursor 2 displays the currently chosen color for the second cursor Zooming Frame displays the currently chosen style for the zooming frame Text of selected Items Active displays the currently chosen color of the text of active selected items Text of selected Items Inactive displays the currently chosen color of the text of inactive selected items Background of selected Items Active displays the currently chosen color of the background of active selected items Background of selected Items Inac tive displays the currently chosen color of the background of inactive selected items A double click into the Color column of any row opens the Select Color dialog for the according row A double click into the Example column of a row which supports different styles opens the Select Style dialog for the according row In case different styles are not supported by a row a double click into the Example col umn opens the Select Color dialog for the according row 2 2 5 10 4 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all styles back to their default settings Set as Standard Sets the current styles as standard styles for each new MTC yt T001 The styles of already exist ing MTC yt T001s are not being changed by th
129. ains the unit of the data Cursor contains the norm between the origin of the Curve Area and the point of intersection of the cursor Angle Cursor contains the angle between the origin of the Curve Area and the point of intersection of the cursor Smax contains the norm between the origin of the Curve Area and Smax Agnle Smax contains the angle between the origin of the Curve Area and Smax ISpp contains the norm of Spp The contents of the Measurement Cursors table can be copied to the clipboard of Windows From there they can be inserted into any other compatible application English Release 2012 09 34 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 1 10 Chart Options Dialog 2 2 1 10 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Chart Options dialog Chart Options No 01 Chart Name Monitoring Chart 01 02 Time Domain Online Data with absolute Timestamps 03 Time Base Default Show Background Grid Yes D5 Show Legend DB Show Toolbar Show x Axis D8 Show p Axis 09 Show Sliders Rescale x Axis after Open 11 Rescale x Axis after Action Rescale y xis after Open Rescale y Axis after Action Update Display Time after Open Update Display Time after Action Lock Aspect Ratio Lock Origin 18 Show Smax Show Spp 20 Undo Redo Buffer Size 21 Data Snapshot Scope Current Monitoring Chart
130. al cross where the cross is placed exactly at the point of intersection of both dimensions and moves into all four directions from there until it reaches the borders of the Curve Area In addition the Measurement Cursor also draws a line from the origin of the x and y axes to the 2 dimensional cross The Measurement Cursor can be shifted independently in horizontal and vertical direction The following screenshot shows an example of the Measurement Cursor of a MTC Orbit T001 1 Orbit 02 Orbit Offline Data with a 2 Orbit 01 Orbit Online Data with absolute Timestamps T Orbit 01 Orbit bsolute Timestamps 2009 06 04 12 23 17 079 000 000 GMT 02 00 2011 07 18 14 41 38 027 800 000 GMT 02 00 ma M A 7s Figure 9 Example of the Measurement Cursor of a MTC Orbit T001 English Release 2012 09 33 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting of the measurement cursor is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse button down mouse move shifts the targeted measurement cursor to the new mouse position o incase the left mouse button was pressed above the horizontal line of the cursor th
131. al direction when x key is being pressed during the shift operation the behavior is like if the Shift key is being pressed during the shift operation o when the Ctrl key is being pressed during the shift operation the curves are shifted only in vertical direction when lt y gt key is being pressed during the shift operation the behavior is like if the Shift key is being pressed during the shift operation e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets all axes scaling back to the values which they had before the shift operation had been started Shifting of the Curve Area is possible only in case the origin is not locked Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the Curve Area The actual operation is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down zooms out of the current mouse position of the x and y axis simulta neously e mouse wheel up zooms into the current mouse position of the x and y axis simultane ously e Shift mouse wheel down moves all curves within the Curve Area to the left o Xx mouse wheel down behaves like Shift mouse wheel down e Shift mouse wheel up moves all curves within the Curve Area to the right o x mouse wheel up behaves like Shift mouse wheel up e l
132. al possible time interval is in between the left and the right border of the slider button e incase the mouse is moved to the right the newest displayed time is shifted into the future o the right border of the slider button can not be dragged out of the right border of the Slider Area e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without modifying the newest displayed time single click with keeping the button onto the left and right borders of the slider button simultaneously In case the left mouse button is being pressed with keeping the button at a position which covers both the left and the right borders of the slider button simultaneously e g because the distance in between them is so small only the oldest displayed time is being modified by a following move operation e inthis case the behavior is the same as if the left mouse button would have been pressed only onto the left border of the slider button single click with keeping the button in between the left and right borders of the slider button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down in between the left and right borders of the slider button starts to shift the currently configured time interval in time e incase the mouse is moved to the left the currently displayed time interval the begin and the end times together is shifted into the past o theleft border of the slider button can not be dragged out of the left border of the slide
133. al scale x Axis dialog Copy x Axis Scaling copies the scaling of the x axis below the current mouse position Paste x Axis Scaling pastes the currently copied x axis scaling onto the x axis below the current mouse position Rescale x Axis after Open gt sets the rescale type of the x axis after opening of the Monitoring View File to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Rescale x Axis after Action gt sets the rescale type of the x axis after an action to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Orbit T001 2 2 1 4 y Axis Area The y Axis Area of the MTC Orbit T001 is used in order to display the scaling of the present y axis Via mouse operations the user is able to zoom scroll and maintain the available data The following screenshot shows an example of the y Axis Area of a MTC Orbit T001 94 90 English Release 2012 09 Figure 5 Example of the y Axis Area of a MTC Orbit T001 25 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button Single and multiple y axis can be selected deselec
134. all values from all data of the affected x axes become visible The following actions result in an automatic rescale of the x axes in case this mode is chosen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC yn T001 No In case the rescale mode for the x axes after an action is set to No the MTC yn T001 does not touch the scaling of its x axes after an external action has modified the displayed data and leaves it at the current values Rescale y Axes after Open The rescale type for the y axes after open can be modified for each y axis independently via the context menu of the y Axes Area in order to overwrite the global setting of the MTC yn T001 Rescale y Axes after Open Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the y axes after open is set to Yes the MTC yn T001 automatically rescales its y axes after the Monitoring View File has been opened so that all values from all data of all y axes become visible No In case the rescale mode for the y axes after open is set to No the MTC yn T001 does not touch the scaling of its y axes after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored values from the Monitoring View File English Release 2012 09 104 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Rescale y Axes after Action The rescale type fo
135. all of their data from the MTC yn T001 Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 82 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 3 4 y Axes Area The y Axes Area of the MTC yn T001 is used in order to display the scaling of the present y axes Via mouse operations the user is able to zoom scroll and maintain the available data The following screenshot shows an example of the y Axes Area of a MTC yn T001 15 dei 13 12 iil 10 gs 8 nal 6 5 da m 2 n gh Figure 41 Example of the y Axes Area of a MTC yn T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button Single and multiple y axes can be selected deselected through a left mouse button click left mouse button down above any y axis selects the below y axis lt Ctrl gt left mouse button down is used in order to select deselect y axis after y axis lt Shift gt left mouse button down is used in order to select deselect all y axis from the last selected to the y axis below the current mouse position o incase there is no y axis selected at the moment only the below y axis is selected multiple y axes can be
136. all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 112 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 3 22 Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas The following screenshot shows the places within a MTC yn T001 onto which data can be dropped in order to open a new Monitoring Chart 1 Online Data with absolute Timestamps 2011 01 14 08 48 49 599 000 000 GMT 01 0 ome FFTForSignal rok Beni Feli oote oo gt E FFT 03 FFTForSignal ail ppp FERES ERR 10 20 30 40 50 60 Figure 60 Dropping of Data in order to open a new Monitoring Chart The following screenshot shows the places within a MTC yn T001 onto which data can be dropped in order to add the data to the existing MTC yn T001 Monitoring Chart 01 MTC yn TOO1 Data with absolute Timestamps 2011 01 14 08 48 49 529 000 000 GMT 01 00 T FFT 01 FFTForSignal renti ent ferolla ooi Mol FFT 03 FFTForSignal 100 110 Figure 61 Dropping of Data in order to add it to the existing MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 113 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 4 MTC ynm T001 2 2 4 1 Overview The MTC ynm T001 is used in order to visualize create and edit y f n
137. alue Line Type Solid Line Color p ESSE Line Strength Thin Mark Type N A Mark Color N Mark Strength N Rendering Mode N A Interpolation Mode Surface Example Restore Defaults Cancel Figure 75 Example of a Select Style Dialog of a MTC ynm T001 The functionality of the Select Style dialog matches the functionality of the Data Style dialog see point 2 2 4 13 English Release 2012 09 141 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 4 15 2 2 4 15 1 SIPLUS CMS Manual scale x Axis Dialog Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale x Axis dialog Manual scale x Axis Auto scale Axis Minimum Value Maximum Value Scaling Interval Off 10 000 Minimum Value Exponent 0 10 000 Maximum Value Exponent 0 Auto set Scaling Interval On N A Scaling Interval Exponent N A Minor Scaling Divider None Figure 76 Example of a Manual scale x Axis Dialog of a MTC ynm T001 2 2 4 15 2 x Axis Parameters Table The x Axis Parameters table contains the parameters of a currently selected x axis Parameter Description Auto scale Axis allows to switch between the available auto scale axis modes Minimum Value Minimum Value Exponent allows to enter the minimum value of the scaling allows to switch between the supported minimum value exponents Maximum Value Maximum Value Exponent a
138. alues from all data of the affected z axes become visible The following actions result in an automatic rescale of the z axes in case this mode is chosen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC ynm T001 No In case the rescale mode for the z axes after an action is set to No the MTC ynm T001 does not touch the scaling of its z axes after an external action has modified the displayed data and leaves it at the current values Update Display Time after Open The update type for the display time after open can be modified for each time domain independently via the context menu of the Slider Area in order to overwrite the global setting of the MTC ynm T001 Update Display Time after Open Description Yes In case the update mode for the display time after open is set to Yes the MTC ynm T001 auto matically updates its display time after the Monitoring View File has been opened so that the latest available values from all data of each time domain become visible No In case the update mode for the display time after open is set to No the MTC ynm T001 does not touch the values of its display times after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored values from the Monitoring View File Update Display Time after Action The update type for the display time after an action can be m
139. are available from the directory to which the Configuration File location points The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Delete Location deletes the chosen file location from the hard disk Remove Location removes the chosen file location from X Tools but keeps it at the hard disk 2 1 12 Monitoring View Files Branch Each Monitoring View Files Branch provides all of the Monitoring Views which are available from the directory to which its Configuration File location points The tree of shown Monitoring Views is updated automatically when ever a Monitoring View at the disk is added deleted modified Drag amp Drop can be used in order to copy move Monitoring View directories and Monitoring View files The de fault Drag amp Drop operation within an X Tools Server is move but when the Ctrl key is pressed a copy operation is performed The default Drag amp Drop operation from one X Tools Server to another is copy but when the Shift key is pressed a move operation is performed Monitoring View directories and Monitoring View files can be copied moved within Monitoring View Files Branches either within one X Tools Server or over different X Tools Servers but they can not be cop ied moved to another files branch As the unique name of each Monitoring View also includes its storage direc tory multiple Monitoring Views with matching file names can be st
140. ase 2012 09 149 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Drag amp Drop of Data When a time series data is dropped into the Curve Area it is added to the currently present data of the MTC yt T001 e left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation and adds the dragged data s to the default t and y axes e Alt left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation creates a new t and a new y axis and adds the dragged data to these new axes e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC yt T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC yt T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC yt T001 Shift can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC yt T001 Ctrl can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Fit to Chart sets the scaling of a
141. ata assigns the measurement cursor to this 2 dimensional vector data Data Style opens the Data Style dialog for the selected data s Copy Data Style copies the style of the data below the current mouse position Paste Data Style pastes the currently copied data style onto the data below the current mouse position Remove Data removes the selected data s from the MTC Vector T001 Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Vector T001 2 2 2 7 Toolbar Area The Toolbar Area displays the buttons which are provided for fast access to frequently used functionalities The following screenshot shows an example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 Folk ak i a a Figure 26 Example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click onto the On Off Meas urement Cursors button A single click of the left mouse button onto the On Off Measurement Cursors button toggles the measurement cursor between on and off single click onto the Undo button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Undo button undoes the last operation from the undo buffer single click onto the Redo button A single click of the l
142. ause Visualization pauses the visualization which stops the automatic update of all data Continue Visualization continues the visualization which continues the automatic update of all data Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Vector2D T001 English Release 2012 09 61 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System The following specific context m SIPLUS CMS enu items are provided for the Continue Visualization button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Pause Visualization pauses the visualization which stops the automatic update of all data Continue Visualization continues the visualization which continues the automatic update of all data Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Vector2D T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Store Data Snapshot button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Store Data Snapshot starts the
143. aves like if the left step button would be clicked with the left mouse button constantly single click with keeping the button onto the right step button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto the right step button behaves like if the right step button would be clicked with the left mouse button constantly single click with keeping the button onto the slider button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto the slider button allows to modify the current point in time e incase the mouse is moved to the left the current point in time is shifted into the past o the slider button can not be dragged out of the left border of the Slider Area e incase the mouse is moved to the right the current point in time is shifted into the future o the slider button can not be dragged out of the right border of the Slider Area e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without modifying the current point in time Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operation can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Slider Area opens the context menu for the Slider Area Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrol
144. axis and all of the data which are present at this y axis at the moment The following screenshot shows an example of the Legend Area of a MTC yn T001 FFT 01 FFTForSignal i FFT 03 FFTForSignal Figure 43 Example of the Legend Area of a MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 871214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button Selecting of data within the Legend Area is performed identically to the selecting of items within the other trees of the X Tools Client In case a data within the Legend Area is being selected all items of other type e g x axes and y axes of the clicked Monitoring Chart are deselected automatically single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto any text within the Leg end Area starts a Drag amp Drop operation for the currently selected data s as soon as the mouse cursor is moved e a Drag amp Drop operation within the same MTC yn T001 moves the dragged data s to the new position o Ctrl can be pressed in order to execute a copy operation instead of the move opera tion within the same MTC yn T001 e a Drag amp Drop operation to another MTC yn T001 copies the dragged data s to the new position o Shift can be press
145. axis are bound to the background grid and extend their axis labeling via it The context menus of the Axis Areas are used in order to specify the t and y axis which shall use the background grid to extend their axis labeling The appearing and scaling of the background grid is configured via the Manual scale t Axis dialog for the ver tical grid lines and via the Manual scale y Axis dialog for the horizontal grid lines In case the current background grid configuration is set to manual and the vertical and or horizontal grid lines can not be drawn because the grid lines would be too close to each other the background grid automatically switches to automatic distribution of the grid lines for the affected orientation s The manual settings are used again as soon as the scaling of the MTC yt T001 reaches a value which allows using the manual configuration Curve Visualization The data interpolation defines how two successive points of an already rendered data are connected when they are displayed All supported data interpolation modes are defined by the description of the Data Style dialog The data style defines how a data is visualized graphically It contains the parameters for the color strength style of the line as well as the parameters for the color strength style of the mark and the rendering interpolation methods The styles of each data can be defined at different levels by the user The style of each data can be set at the f
146. ayed and the option Use the local Time of the Offline Data is being chosen the time base for all online data is taken from the time base setting of the Monitoring View like if Default would have been chosen for the time base of the MTC yn T001 Rescale x Axes after Open The rescale type for the x axes after open can be modified for each x axis independently via the context menu of the x Axes Area in order to overwrite the global setting of the MTC yn T001 Rescale x Axes after Open Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the x axes after open is set to Yes the MTC yn T001 automatically rescales its x axes after the Monitoring View File has been opened so that all values from all data of all x axes become visible No In case the rescale mode for the x axes after open is set to No the MTC yn T001 does not touch the scaling of its x axes after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored values from the Monitoring View File Rescale x Axes after Action The rescale type for the x axes after an action can be modified for each x axis independently via the context menu of the x Axes Area in order to overwrite the global setting of the MTC yn T001 Rescale x Axes after Action Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the x axes after an action is set to Yes the MTC yn T001 auto matically rescales its x axes after an external action has modified the displayed data so that
147. ayed data so that all values from all data of the affected x axes become visible The following actions result in an automatic rescale of the x axes in case this mode is chosen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e a contained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC ynm T001 No In case the rescale mode for the x axes after an action is set to No the MTC ynm T001 does not touch the scaling of its x axes after an external action has modified the displayed data and leaves it at the current values Rescale y Axes after Open Rescale y Axes after Open Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the y axes after open is set to Yes the MTC ynm T001 automati cally rescales its y axes after the Monitoring View File has been opened so that all values from all data of all y axes become visible No In case the rescale mode for the y axes after open is set to No the MTC ynm T001 does not touch the scaling of its y axes after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored values from the Monitoring View File Rescale y Axes after Action Rescale y Axes after Action Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the y axes after an action is set to Yes the MTC ynm T001 auto matically rescales the y axes after an external action has modified the displayed data so that all values from all data of the affected y
148. being pressed the next newer timestamp from all of the data at the time domain of the slider is being chosen as new current point in time o incase the current point in time already is the newest available point in time the right step button does not change the current point in time any more single click with keeping the button onto the left step button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto the left step button be haves like if the left step button would be clicked with the left mouse button constantly single click with keeping the button onto the right step button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto the right step button behaves like if the right step button would be clicked with the left mouse button constantly single click with keeping the button onto the slider button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto the slider button allows to modify the current point in time e incase the mouse is moved to the left the current point in time is shifted into the past o the slider button can not be dragged out of the left border of the Slider Area e incase the mouse is moved to the right the current point in time is shifted into the future o the slider button can not be dragged out of the right border of the Slider Area e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without modifying the current point in time Opera
149. cale x Axes after Open allows to choose whether the x axes shall be scaled automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Rescale x Axes after Action allows to choose whether the x axes shall be scaled automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC ynm T001 or after a new data has been dropped into the MTC ynm T001 Rescale y Axes after Open Rescale y Axes after Action allows to choose whether the y axes shall be scaled automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened allows to choose whether the y axes shall be scaled automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC ynm T001 or after a new data has been dropped into the MTC ynm T001 Rescale z Axes after Open allows to choose whether the z axes shall be scaled automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Rescale z Axes after Action allows to choose whether the z axes shall be scaled automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC ynm T001 or after a new data has been dropped into the MTC ynm T001 Update Display Time after Open allows to choose whether the display time shall be updated automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Update Display Time after Action allows to choose whether the display time shall be updated automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC ynm T001 or after a new data
150. case the rescale mode for the y axes after open is set to Yes the MTC yt T001 automatically rescales its y axes after the Monitoring View File has been opened so that all values from all data of all y axes become visible No In case the rescale mode for the y axes after open is set to No the MTC yt T001 does not touch the scaling of its y axes after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored values from the Monitoring View File Rescale y Axes after Action The rescale type for the y axes after an action can be modified for each y axis independently via the context menu of the y Axes Area in order to overwrite the global setting of the MTC yt T001 Rescale y Axes after Action Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the y axes after an action is set to Yes the MTC yt T001 automati cally rescales the y axes after an external action has modified the displayed data so that all values from all data of the affected y axes become visible The following actions result in an automatic rescale of the y axes in case this mode is chosen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC yt T001 No In case the rescale mode for the y axes after an action is set to No the MTC yt T001 does not touch the scaling of its y axes after an external action has modified the displayed data and leaves it at the curr
151. ch is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 80 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 3 3 x Axes Area SIPLUS CMS The x Axes Area of the MTC yn T001 is used in order to display the scaling of the present x axes Via mouse operations the user is able to zoom scroll and maintain the available data The following screenshot shows an example of the x Axes Area of a MTC yn T001 T T T T T T T T T T T F 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 Figure 40 Example of the x Axes Area of a MTC yn T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button 159 140 15 Hz 130 140 15 Hz Operation Description selected x axis to the x axis below the current mouse position above methods instead selected single click with releasing the button Single and multiple x axes can be selected deselected through a left mouse button click e left mouse button down above any x axis selects the below x axis e Ctrl left mouse button down is used in order to select deselect x axis after x axis e cShift left mouse button down is used in order to select deselect all x axis from
152. copied MTC Vector2D T001 options onto the MTC Vector2D T001 below the current mouse position Chart Styles Copy Chart Styles opens the Chart Styles dialog copies the styles of the MTC Vector2D T001 below the current mouse position Paste Chart Styles pastes the currently copied MTC Vector2D T001 styles onto the MTC Vector2D T001 below the current mouse position Show Background Grid gt sets the visibility of the background grid to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Legend gt Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the Legend Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item sets the visibility of the Toolbar Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show x Axis gt sets the visibility of the t Axis Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show y Axis gt sets the visibility of the y Axis Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Sliders gt sets the visibility of the Slider Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Vector2D T001 Lock Aspect Ratio In case the aspect ratio is locked the scaling of the x and y axes always is kept synchronize
153. copies the scaling of the y axis below the current mouse position Paste y Axis Scaling pastes the currently copied y axis scaling onto the y axis below the current mouse position Rescale y Axis after Open gt sets the rescale type of the y axis after opening of the Monitoring View File to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Rescale y Axis after Action gt sets the rescale type of the y axis after an action to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Vector2D T001 English Release 2012 09 55 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 2 5 Slider Area The Slider Area of the MTC Vector2D T001 is used in order to configure the currently visualized point in time The total width of each slider represents the oldest and the newest available time of the current data of its time domain and the inside slider button represents the currently visualized point in time out of the total time interval of the data By dragging of the slider button the currently visualized time is modified The following screenshot shows an example of the Slider Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 1 Online Data with absolute Timestamps 2012 02 14 16 29 48 400 000 000 GMT 01 00 Figure 24 Exam
154. cted Cursor ssssssssssese eene 98 2 2 3 11 2 The current Cursor Data indeed ef yes 98 2 2 3 11 3 Labeling of Cursor and Marker Lines ssssess eem ee 98 2 2 3 11 4 Linking of Cursors Markers esssseseeeenn emm nan rn 99 2 2 3 11 5 Linking of Data to the Main Frequency Marker sssss mem 99 2 2 3 12 Measurement Cursors Table cocida died 99 2 2 3 13 Advanced Cursors Table 2 2 eit tes dicere beg ae dicc aed qoe Ha OD ori das 100 2 2 3 14 Frequency Markers Table noresi irinin aee eene nennen nennen nnns 101 2 2 3 15 Ghart Options Dlalog 3 2 2 Ire etin rte e br niai its 102 2 2 3 15 1 ONVGIVIOW ss a Kl ee ct erat te Dos flu Sel a del Els sot 102 2 2 3 15 2 Ghart Options Table tea ORE EE Ra tien ett 103 2 2 3 15 3 Menu Dit e e ete ue a eee ev en Pe e d 105 2 2 3 16 Ohar Styles Dialog 8 tre ee tbi ete dete E 106 2 2 3 16 1 OVER VIG Ws c etre rnt a tn tette reta ptt ete bete Dust ea b bee Dux eee RE 106 2 2 3 16 2 Default Styles of Data Table rtr irte t recs tel eatis 106 English Release 2012 09 5 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 3 16 3 2 2 3 16 4 2 2 3 17 2 2 3 17 1 2 2 3 17 2 2 2 3 17 3 2 2 3 18 2 2 3 18 1 2 2 3 19 2 2 3 19 1 2 2 3 19 2 2 2 3 19 3 2 2 3 20 2 2 3 20 1 2 2 3 21 2 2 3 21 1 2 2 3 21 2 2 2 3 21 3 2 2 3 22 2 2 4 2 2 4 1 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 3 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 5 2 2 4 6 2 2 4 7 2 2 4 8 2
155. currently chosen color of the background of active selected items Background of selected Items Inac tive displays the currently chosen color of the background of inactive selected items A double click into the Color column of any row opens the Select Color dialog for the according row A double click into the Example column of a row which supports different styles opens the Select Style dialog for the according row In case different styles are not supported by a row a double click into the Example col umn opens the Select Color dialog for the according row 2 2 1 11 4 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all styles back to their default settings Set as Standard Sets the current styles as standard styles for each new MTC Orbit T001 The styles of already existing MTC Orbit T001s are not being changed by this operation OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the styles within the dialog have been changed 2 2 1 12 Data Style Dialog 2 2 1 12 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Data Style dialog Style Parameters Parameter No Value Line Type Line Color Line Strenath Mark Type Mark Color Mark Strength Rendering Mode Example Defau
156. d the x y z axes can be updated automatically in case the Rescale x Axis after Action Rescale y Axis after Action or Rescale z Axis after Action options are being set to Yes Time Base The chosen time base specifies how the time stamps of each probe which are being stored in GMT internally are being represented by the MTC ynm T001 In case online data is being displayed and the option Use the local Time of the Offline Data is being chosen the time base for all online data is taken from the time base set ting of the Monitoring View like if Default would have been chosen for the time base of the MTC ynm T0071 Rescale x Axes after Open Rescale x Axes after Open Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the x axes after open is set to Yes the MTC ynm T001 automati cally rescales its x axes after the Monitoring View File has been opened so that all values from all data of all x axes become visible No In case the rescale mode for the x axes after open is set to No the MTC ynm T001 does not touch the scaling of its x axes after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored values from the Monitoring View File Rescale x Axes after Action Rescale x Axes after Action Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the x axes after an action is set to Yes the MTC ynm T001 auto matically rescales its x axes after an external action has modified the displ
157. d so that the same amount of pixels are being used at the x and y axes for the same interval of values Changing of the scaling of one axis automatically also changes the scaling of the other axis in case the aspect ratio is locked Lock Origin In case the origin is locked the origin of the x and y axes always is being kept in the middle of the MTC Vec tor2D T001 In this mode zooming is not possible via the left mouse button except when the left mouse button is being moved directly above an axis In addition shifting via the right mouse button is not possible in this mode English Release 2012 09 51 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 2 3 x Axis Area The x Axis Area of the MTC Vector2D T001 is used in order to display the scaling of the present x axis Via mouse operations the user is able to zoom scroll and maintain the available data The following screenshot shows an example of the x Axis Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 Figure 22 Example of the x Axis Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button Single and multiple x axis can be selected deselected through a left mouse button click e left mouse button down above any x axis selects the below x axis e incase the left mouse button or the right mouse button is bei
158. dules Branch The Monitoring Process Modules Branch of each connected X Tools Server provides all of the Monitoring Process Modules which are available for the Monitoring System The tree of shown Monitoring Process Modules is updated automatically whenever a Monitoring Process Module at the disk is added removed modified 2 1 15 Monitoring Process Module Branch Each Monitoring Process Module Branch represents one available Monitoring Process Module The following specific context menu item is provided Context Menu Item Description New Monitoring View opens a Monitoring View Editor within the Monitoring System workspace creates a new Moni toring View initializes it with default values and opens an empty Monitoring Chart of the chosen type within the new Monitoring View English Release 2012 09 18 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 Monitoring Charts 2 2 1 MTC Orbit T001 2 2 1 1 Overview The MTC Orbit T001 is used in order to visualize create and edit orbit visualizations within a Monitoring View Editor Multiple charts of this type can be opened and used simultaneously within one Monitoring View Editor and or within multiple Monitoring View Editors The following screenshot shows an example of a MTC Orbit T001 ue Orbit 02 Orbit Offline Data with absolute Timestamps 2009 06 04 12 23 17 079 000 000 GMT 02 00 2 Orbit 01 Orbit Online Data with absolute Timestamps
159. dvanced Cursor contains the name of the Advanced Cursor X contains the x value of the data at the x position of the cursor Y contains the y value of the data at the y position of the cursor X X Ref contains the difference in between the x value of the cursor and the x value of the reference Y Y Ref contains the difference in between the y value of the cursor and the y value of the reference The contents of the Advanced Cursors table can be copied to the clipboard of Windows From there they can be inserted into any other compatible application 2 2 3 14 Frequency Markers Table The Frequency Markers table contains the values of all Frequency Markers of all MTC yn T001s which are pre sent within the parent Monitoring View Editor The following screenshot shows an example for the Frequency Markers table for a MTC yn T001 Frequency Markers MTC yn T001 No Chart Data Unit Frequency Marker Frequency Hz Amplitude L 1 Monitoring Chart 01 FFT 01 FFTForSianal Main Frequency Marker 49 834 0 043 zi Monitoring Chart 01 FFT 01 FFTForSignal 86 Hz 86 000 0 025 3 Monitoring Chart 01 FFT 01 FFTForSignal Defect Frequency 1 439 528 0 007 4 Monitoring Chart 01 FFT 01 FFTForSignal H2 Defect Frequency 1 879 056 N 5 Monitoring Chart 01 FFT 01 FFTForSignal H3 Defect Frequency 1 1318 584 N Figure 52 Example of a Frequency Markers table of a MTC yn T001 It is opened within
160. dy is the oldest available point in time or older mouse wheel down does not change the currently displayed interval e mouse wheel up moves the slider button right into the future o incase the current end time of the displayed interval already is the newest available point in time or newer mouse wheel up does not change the currently displayed in terval Drag amp Drop of Data When a data is dropped onto an existing y axis it is added to the currently present data of the MTC Vector2D T001 as if the data would have been dropped directly into the Curve Area see point 2 2 1 2 English Release 2012 09 57 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System Context Menu SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show Sliders gt sets the visibility of the Slider Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Manual scale Renderer opens the Manual scale Renderer dialog Pause Visualization pauses the visualization which pauses the automatic update of all data which belongs to this slider Continue Visualization continues the visualization which continues the automatic update of all data which belongs to this slider Update Display Time after Open gt sets the update type of the display time after opening of the Monitoring View File to the type which is specified via the s
161. e EE Data 32 Restore Defaults Set as Standard Cancel Figure 109 Example of a Chart Styles Dialog of a MTC yx T001 2 2 6 11 2 Default Styles of Data Table The Default Styles of Data table contains the default styles of data within the MTC yx T001 Parameter Description Data 01 Data 32 displays the currently chosen color and style for the according data A double click into the Color column of this control opens the Select Color dialog for the according row A double click into the Example column of this control opens the Select Style dialog for the according row English Release 2012 09 198 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 6 11 3 Styles of Controls Table The Styles of Controls table contains the styles of the controls of the MTC yx T001 Parameter Description Chart Background displays the currently chosen color for the chart background Background Grid displays the currently chosen style for the background grid Cursor 1 displays the currently chosen color for the first cursor Cursor 2 displays the currently chosen color for the second cursor Axes Color displays the currently chosen color for the axes Zooming Frame displays the currently chosen style for the zooming frame Text of selected Items Active displays the currently chosen color of the text of active selected items Text of selected Items Inactive
162. e cursor is shifted only in vertical direction o incase the left mouse button was pressed above the vertical line of the cursor the cursor is shifted only in horizontal direction o in case the left mouse button was pressed above the point of intersection of both lines of the cursor the cursor is shifted in horizontal and vertical direction The values which are displayed by the Measurement Cursors table are updated automatically while the measurement cursor is shifted The measurement cursor automatically snaps to the exact point of a known value it can not be moved to anywhere away from the displayed curve 2 2 1 9 Measurement Cursors Table The Measurement Cursors table contains the measurement values of all MTC Orbit T001s which are present within the parent Monitoring View Editor The following screenshot shows an example for the Measurement Cursors table for a MTC Orbit T001 Benson ees TA SS SS No Chart Data Unit Curso Angle Cursor smas Angle Smax I5ppl 1 Online Data Orbit 01 Orbit 0 511 143 724 0 514 223 376 1 027 Figure 10 Example of a Measurement Cursors Table of a MTC Orbit T001 It is opened within the Cursor Area of the parent Monitoring View Editor of the MTC Orbit T001 Column Description No contains the row number Chart contains the name of the chart from which the data comes Data contains the name of the data Unit cont
163. e button with releasing the button onto the Zoom out from z Axis button zooms out from the z axis once single click onto the Zoom out from z Axis button with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button onto the Zoom out from z Axis but ton zooms out from the z axis continuously single click onto the Zoom into all button with releasing the button A single click of the left mouse button with releasing the button onto the Zoom into all button zooms into all axes simultaneously once single click onto the Zoom into all button with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button onto the Zoom into all button zooms into all axes simultaneously continuously single click onto the Zoom out from all button with releasing the button A single click of the left mouse button with releasing the button onto the Zoom out from all button zooms out from all axes simultaneously once single click onto the Zoom out from all button with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button onto the Zoom out from all button zooms out from all axes simultaneously continuously single click onto the On Off Meas urement Cursors button A single click of the left mouse button onto the On Off Measurement Cursors button toggles the measurement cursors between on and off single click onto the Undo button A single click of t
164. e click of the left mouse button onto the Continue Visualization button continues the visuali zation This button applies to all currently present data independently to whether they are paused or run ning at the moment The Continue Visualization button sets the visualization of all data of all t and y axes to running single click onto the Pause Visualiza tion button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Pause Visualization button pause the visualization This button applies to all currently present data independently to whether they are paused or run ning at the moment The Pause Visualization button sets the visualization of all data of all t and y axes to paused single click onto the Store Data Snap shot button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Store Data Snapshot button starts the storing of the data which are contained within the MTC yt T001 While the storing is in progress the Storage Progress dialog shows the current progress of the storing and also can be used in order to cancel the storing See also tutorial chapter Storing of Data Snapshots out of the Monitoring System Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Toolbar Area opens the context menu
165. e data at the y axis stay visible Off In this mode the MTC yx T001 uses the specified Minimum Value and Maximum Value parame ters for the scaling of the y axis Auto set Scaling Interval Auto set Scaling Interval Description On In this mode the MTC yx T001 constantly sets the scaling interval of the y axis according to the currently displayed value interval Off In this mode the MTC yx T001 uses the specified Scaling Interval and Scaling Interval Exponent parameters for the scaling interval of the y axis In case the specified parameters would lead to overlapping numbers the automatic scaling interval is being used automatically until the specified parameters allow a valid scaling again English Release 2012 09 203 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 6 15 3 SIPLUS CMS Menu Bar Menu Button Description OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed 2 2 6 16 Manual scale Renderer Dialog 2 2 6 16 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale Renderer dialog Renderer Parameters Parameter Value 2 2 6 16 2 Target Slider Time Input Mode Minimum Time Format Minimum Ti
166. e domain Time Base allows to choose the time base Show Background Grid allows to choose whether the background grid shall be shown within the Curve Area Show Legend allows to choose whether the Legend Area shall be shown Show Toolbar allows to choose whether the Toolbar Area shall be shown Show t Axes allows to choose whether the t Axes Area shall be shown Show y Axes allows to choose whether the y Axes Area shall be shown Show Names of binary Data allows to choose whether the names of binary data shall be displayed directly within the Curve Area Rescale t Axes after Open allows to choose whether the t axes shall be scaled automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Rescale t Axes after Action allows to choose whether the t axes shall be scaled automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC yt T001 or after a new data has been dropped into the MTC yt T001 Rescale y Axes after Open allows to choose whether the y axes shall be scaled automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Rescale y Axes after Action allows to choose whether the y axes shall be scaled automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC yt T001 or after a new data has been dropped into the MTC yt T001 Group new t Axes automatically allows to choose whether the t axes of matching time domain shall be added to a gro
167. e down moves the Legend Area down e right mouse button down mouse move up moves the Legend Area up e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets the position of the Legend Area back to the place which it had before the shift operation had been started The shifting of the legend texts is enabled only in case not all of the available legend texts fit into the currently available vertical space Drag amp Drop of Data During all Drag amp Drop of data into the Legend Area the following rules apply In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC Vector2D T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC Vector2D T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC Vector2D T001 Shift can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC Vector2D T001 Ctrl can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move In order to add a data as root of a certain legend tree the desired data has to be dropped above the cur rent root data of the target
168. e last rendered value Stairs When the interpolation mode Stairs is chosen for a data the visualization connects two rendered pixels at the screen via a stairs interpolation The data curve always is visualized from the left rendered value to the next right rendered value horizontally In case a next rendered value is not available the last rendered value is extended horizontally to the newer time 2 2 3 17 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all styles back to their default settings OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the styles within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 108 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 3 18 Select Style Dialog 2 2 3 18 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Select Style dialog Style Parameters No P 3 olid 2 Line Color 3 Line Strength Thin None 5 Mark Color 6 Mark Strength 7 Rendering Mode jT hin N A 8 Interpolation Mode Bars Restore Defaults Cancel Figure 56 Example of a Select Style Dialog of a MTC yn T001 The functionality of the Select Style dialog matches the functionality of the Data Style dialog see point
169. e left border of each slider always displays and represents the oldest time of all of the data of its time domain The right border of each slider always displays and represents the newest time of all of the data of its time do main In case the visualization of online data is running not paused the left and right borders of the affected slider are constantly updated so that they represent the currently available time interval of their time axis Displayed Times Below the right border of each slider the current time of the slider button is being displayed In case the visualization of online data is running not paused the displayed current time is constantly updated Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button onto the left step button A single click of the left mouse button with releasing the button above the left step button shifts the currently displayed time interval into the past e without additional keys being pressed the next older timestamp from the x axis data of the slider is being chosen as new begin of the displayed time interval o incase the current begin time of the displayed interval already is the oldest available point in time or older the left step button does not change the currently displayed in terval o thenew end time of the displayed time interval is being set to
170. e of the Curve Area of a MTC ynm T001 ssssssssssseee eem 115 Example of the x Axis Area of a MTC ynm T001 ssssssssssssseeem emm 120 Example of the y Axis Area of a MTC ynm T001 sss emm 121 Example of the z Axis Area of a MTC ynm T001 ssssssssssssssee meme 122 Example of the Slider Area of a MTC ynm T001 sssssssssssseeem emm 122 Example of the Legend Area of a MTC ynm T001 sssssssssssssseeem emm 126 Example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC ynm T001 sss eme 128 Example of the Measurement Cursors of a MTC ynm T001 eere 133 Example of a Measurement Cursors table of a MTC ynm T001 ssssssssssseee 133 Example of a Chart Options Dialog of a MTC ynm T001 sssssssssseem emm 134 Example of a Chart Styles Dialog of a MTC ynm T001 sss emm 138 Example of a Data Style Dialog of a MTC ynm T001 ssssssssssseee mem 140 Example of a Select Style Dialog of a MTC ynm T001 sss 141 Example of a Manual scale x Axis Dialog of a MTC ynm T001 ssssssssssse 142 Example of a Manual scale y Axis Dialog of a MTC ynm T001 ssssssssseee 143 Example of a Manual scale z Axis Dialog of a MTC ynm T001 sss 143 Example of a Manual scale Color Gradient Dialog of a MTC ynm TOO ssussss 144 Dropping of Data in order to open a new Monit
171. e to zoom scroll or main tain z Axis Area directly via mouse or keyboard operations The following screenshot shows an example of the z Axis Area of a MTC ynm T001 Figure 66 Example of the z Axis Area of a MTC ynm T001 2 2 4 6 Slider Area The Slider Area of the MTC ynm T001 is used in order to configure the currently visualized point in time The total width of each slider represents the oldest and the newest available time of the current data of its time do main and the inside slider button represents the currently visualized point in time out of the total time interval of the data By dragging of the slider button the currently visualized time is modified The following screenshot shows an example of the Slider Area of a MTC ynm T001 1 Online Data with absolute Timestamps 2011 01 13 14 13 05 600 000 000 GMT 01 00 Figure 67 Example of the Slider Area of a MTC ynm T001 Time Domains Within the Slider Area there is one slider being available for each of the possible time domains Each slider is being displayed only in case its according time domain is actually being used within the current MTC ynm T001 Naming of Sliders Each slider displays its name at its left bottom corner The name of each slider contains the following compo nents e number of the slider e name of the used time domain English Release 2012 09 122 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System Available Times SIPLUS CMS Th
172. e visible The following actions result in an automatic rescale of the x axis in case this mode is chosen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC Vector2D T001 No In case the rescale mode for the x axis after an action is set to No the MTC Vector2D T001 does not touch the scaling of its x axis after an external action has modified the displayed and leaves it at the current values Rescale y Axis after Open Rescale y Axis after Open Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the y axis after open is set to Yes the MTC Vector2D T001 auto matically rescales its y axis after the Monitoring View File has been opened so that all values from all data of the y axis become visible No In case the rescale mode for the y axis after open is set to No the MTC Vector2D T001 does not touch the scaling of its y axis after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored values from the Monitoring View File Rescale y Axis after Action Rescale y Axis after Action Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the y axis after an action is set to Yes the MTC Vector2D T001 automatically rescales the y axis after an external action has modified the displayed data so that all values from the y axis become visible The following actions result in an automatic rescale of th
173. e y axis in case this mode is chosen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC Vector2D T001 No In case the rescale mode for the y axis after an action is set to No the MTC Vector2D T001 does not touch the scaling of its y axis after an external action has modified the displayed data and leaves it at the current values English Release 2012 09 67 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Update Display Time after Open Update Display Time after Open Description Yes In case the update mode for the display time after open is set to Yes the MTC Vector2D T001 automatically sets its display time to the newest available point in time after the Monitoring View File has been opened No In case the update mode for the display time after open is set to No the MTC Vector2D T001 does not touch the display time after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored value from the Monitoring View File Update Display Time after Act ion Update Display Time after Action Description Yes In case the update mode for the display time after an action is set to Yes the MTC Vector2D T001 automatically sets its display time to the newest available point in time after an external action has modified the displayed data so that all values from
174. ea of the MTC yn T001 is used in order to visualize data of the function y f n Via mouse and keyboard operations the user is able to zoom scroll and maintain the available data The following screenshot shows an example of the Curve Area of a MTC yn T001 FFT 01 FFTForSignal FFT 03 FFTForSignal Lull TER RPS ET TERR ERR MEER SARA PARA al MARS RAA nata EREET aa ac Figure 39 Example of the Curve Area of a MTC yn T001 Background Grid The background grid of the MTC yn T001 extends the lines from the axis labeling into the Curve Area It is rep resented as a grid of horizontal and vertical lines in the background of the Curve Area Always exactly one x axis and exactly one y axis are bound to the background grid and extend their axis label ing via it The context menus of the Axis Areas are used in order to specify the x and y axis which shall use the background grid to extend their axis labeling The appearing and scaling of the background grid is configured via the Manual scale x Axis dialog for the vertical grid lines and via the Manual scale y Axis dialog for the horizontal grid lines In case the current background grid configuration is set to manual and the vertical and or horizontal grid lines can not be drawn because the grid lines would be too close to each other the background grid automatically switches to automatic distribution of the grid lines for the affected orientation s The manual settings are us
175. easurement cursor to the next lower x value at the curve lt Cursor right gt in case the measurement cursor is turned on this key moves the measurement cursor to the next higher x value at the curve lt Cursor down gt in case the measurement cursor is turned on this key moves the measurement cursor to the next lower y value at the curve lt Cursor up gt in case the measurement cursor is turned on this key moves the measurement cursor to the next higher y value at the curve Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a zoom operation While the left mouse button is kept down a rectangle is shown in order to indicate the zooming area The actual zooming is performed when the left mouse button is released e left mouse button down mouse move zooms into the specified area of the x and y axis simultaneously e Shift left mouse button down mouse move zooms only into the specified area of the x axis o lt x gt left mouse button down mouse move behaves like Shift left mouse but ton down mouse move e lt Ctrl gt left mouse button down mouse move zooms only into the specified area of the y axis o Xy left mouse button down mouse move behaves l
176. ed again as soon as the scaling of the MTC yn T001 reaches a value which allows using the manual configuration Curve Visualization The data interpolation defines how two successive points of an already rendered data are connected when they are displayed All supported data interpolation modes are defined by the description of the Data Style dialog The data style defines how a data is visualized graphically It contains the parameters for the color strength style of the line as well as the parameters for the color strength style of the mark and the rendering interpolation methods The styles of each data can be defined at different levels by the user The style of each data can be set at the following levels where the settings of a higher level overwrite the set tings of a lower level top high bottom low e Data Style dialog of the MTC yn T001 e default data style of the MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 77 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Keyboard Operations The following operations can be performed via the keyboard Keyboard Operation Description lt gt zooms into the x and y axes simultaneously lt Shift gt lt gt zooms only into the x axes lt x gt lt gt behaves like lt Shift gt lt gt lt Ctrl gt lt gt zooms only into the y axes lt y gt lt gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt gt lt gt
177. ed automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Rescale y Axis after Action allows to choose whether the y axis shall be scaled automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC yx T001 or after a new data has been dropped into the MTC yx T001 Update Display Time after Open allows to choose whether the display time shall be updated automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Update Display Time after Action allows to choose whether the display time shall be updated automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC yx T001 or after a new data has been dropped into the MTC yx T001 Undo Redo Buffer Size allows to enter the total size of undo redo operations which shall be remembered by the MTC yx T001 Data Snapshot Scope allows to choose whether data snapshots shall store only the data from the currnet Monitoring Chart or from the whole Monitoring View Chart Name The Chart Name is used by other modules in order to identify a certain MTC yx T001 Within the current Moni toring View the Chart Name of each MTC yx T001 must be unique Time Domain The following time domains are supported by the Chart Options dialog of the MTC yx T001 e Online Data with absolute Timestamps e Offline Data with absolute Timestamps e Offline Data with relative Timestamps The Time Domain cell displays the time domain which is currently b
178. ed in order to execute a move operation instead of the copy op eration to the other MTC yn T001 e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without moving or copying anything double click A double click of the left mouse button onto any text within the Legend Area opens the Data Style dialog for the data below the current mouse position Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Legend Area opens the context menu for the Legend Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button above the Legend Area starts a shift operation for the legend texts The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move down moves the Legend Area down e right mouse button down mouse move up moves the Legend Area up e Esc cancels the current operation and sets the position of the Legend Area back to the place which it had before the shift operation had been started The shifting of the legend texts is enabled only in case not all of the available legend texts fit into the currently available vertical space English Release 2012 09 88 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring Sy
179. eel down moves the x axis left e mouse wheel up moves the x axis right e Shift mouse wheel down zooms out of the x axis from the current x position of the mouse cursor e Shift mouse wheel up zooms into the x axis from the current x position of the mouse cursor Shifting of the x Axis Area is possible only in case the origin is not locked Drag amp Drop of Data When a data is dropped onto an existing x axis it is added to the currently present data of the MTC Orbit T001 as if the data would have been dropped directly into the Curve Area see point 2 2 1 2 English Release 2012 09 24 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System Context Menu SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show x Axis gt sets the visibility of the x Axis Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Auto scale Axis gt sets whether the x axis shall automatically adopt its scaling so that always the complete values of its contained data are visible Fit to Axis sets the scaling of the x axis so that the complete values of its contained data are visible Lock Aspect Ratio gt sets the locking of the aspect ratio to the value which is specified via the submenu of this item Manual scale Renderer opens the Manual scale Renderer dialog Manual scale x Axis opens the Manu
180. eenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yn T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the On Off Frequency Markers button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Frequency Markers gt sets the visibility of the frequency markers to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Restore Main Frequency Marker restores the position of the chosen advanced cursors so that it is visible at the screen again Select Main Frequency Marker switches the input focus to the Main Frequency Marker Configure Frequency Markers opens the Configure Frequency Markers dialog Copy Frequency Markers copies the frequency marker definitions of the MTC yn T001 Paste Frequency Markers overwrites the current frequency marker definitions of the MTC yn T001 with the previously copied frequency marker definitions Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 91 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu
181. eft zooms into the t axis from the t position where the left mouse button has been pressed e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets the axes scaling back to the values which they had before the zooming operation had been started double click A double click of the left mouse button onto any t axis opens the Manual scale t Axis dialog for the t axis below the current mouse position Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the t Axes Area opens the context menu for the t Axes Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move right moves the t axis right e right mouse button down mouse move left moves the t axis left e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets all axes scaling back to the values which they had before the shift operation had been started In case of running data shifting into t direction can not be performed manually because it is done automatically by the chosen speed of the running data English Release 2012 09 151 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring Syst
182. eft mouse button onto the Redo button redoes the last operation from the redo buffer single click onto the Continue Visuali zation button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Continue Visualization button continues the visuali zation This button applies to all currently present data independently to whether they are paused or run ning at the moment The Continue Visualization button sets the visualization of all data to running single click onto the Pause Visualiza tion button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Pause Visualization button pause the visualization This button applies to all currently present data independently to whether they are paused or run ning at the moment The Pause Visualization button sets the visualization of all data to paused single click onto the Store Data Snap shot button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Store Data Snapshot button starts the storing of the data which are contained within the MTC Vector2D T001 While the storing is in progress the Storage Progress dialog shows the current progress of the storing and also can be used in order to cancel the storing See also tutorial chapter Storing of Data Snapshots out of the Monitoring System Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button
183. eft mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting of the measurement cursor is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse button down mouse move shifts the targeted measurement cursor horizon tally to the new mouse position The values which are displayed by the Measurement Cursors table are updated automatically while the shifting is performed English Release 2012 09 93 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting of the measurement cursors is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move shifts both measurement cursors horizontally simultaneously with keeping the value distance between them The values which are displayed by the Measurement Cursors table are updated automatically while the shifting is performed 2 2 3 9 Advanced Cursors The Advanced Cursors can be used in order to show harmonics subharmonics and sidebands Each Advanced Cursor is represented through a vertical line and can be shifted independently in horizontal direction The following screenshot shows an example of the harmonics of a MTC yn T001 1
184. egend tree the desired data has to be dropped in between the two desired data of the target legend tree In case multiple data take part in the current Drag amp Drop operation all of them are inserted in between the two desired data of the target legend tree In order to add a data at the end of a certain legend tree the desired data has to be dropped below the last data of the target legend tree In case multiple data take part in the current Drag amp Drop operation all of them are added to the end of the target legend tree In order to remove a data from the legend tree with the mouse the desired data has to be dragged to any position within the X Tools Client which does not accept data Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show Legend gt sets the visibility of the legend to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Data Sources gt specifies whether the legend trees shall display the name of the source server together with the data name or not Data Style opens the Data Style dialog for the selected data s Copy Data Style copies the style of the data below the current mouse position Paste Data Style pastes the currently copied data style onto the data below the current mouse position Remove Data removes the selected data s from the MTC ynm T001 Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitorin
185. eing used by all x axis of the MTC yx T001 In case more than one time domain is being used currently the Time Domain cell stays empty When another time domain is being chosen via the Time Domain cell the chosen time domain is applied to all of the x axis of the MTC yx T001 As a result all x axis use the data with the known name and specified time domain for their visualization In case there is no data with the known name and matching time domain the affected data becomes marked as not present In case the time domain is being changed the x y axis and the display time can be updated automatically in case the Rescale x Axis after Action Rescale y Axis after Action or Rescale Display Time after Action options are being set to Yes English Release 2012 09 195 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System Time Base SIPLUS CMS The chosen time base specifies how the time stamps of each probe which are being stored in GMT internally are being represented by the MTC yx T0071 In case online data is being displayed and the option Use the local Time of the Offline Data is being chosen the time base for all online data is taken from the time base setting of the Monitoring View like if Default would have been chosen for the time base of the MTC yx T001 Rescale x Axis after Open Rescale x Axis after Open Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the x axis after open is set to Yes t
186. em SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the t Axes Area The actual operation is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down moves the t axis left e mouse wheel up moves the t axis right e Shift mouse wheel down zooms out of the t axis from the current t position of the mouse cursor e Shift mouse wheel up zooms into the t axis from the current t position of the mouse cursor Drag amp Drop of Data When a data is dropped onto an existing t axis it is added to the currently present data of this t axis left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation and adds the dragged data s to the t axis below the current mouse position and to the default y axis Alt left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation creates a new t axis and adds the dragged data s to this new t axis and to the default y axis In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC yt T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC yt T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be c
187. ent values English Release 2012 09 165 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Group new t Axes automatically Group new t Axes automatically Description Yes In case the automatically grouping of t axes is set to Yes the MTC yt T001 automatically adds each newly created t axis to the group of t axes which match its time domain and takes over the time interval settings of the group for its initial scaling In case there are multiple groups of t axes of matching time domain present at the moment a newly created t axis is not being added to any group automatically No In case the automatically grouping of t axes is set to No the MTC yt T001 does not add a newly created t axis to any of the possible present groups of t axes 2 2 5 9 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all options back to their default settings Set as Standard Sets the current options as standard options for each new MTC yt T001 The options of already existing MTC yt T001s are not being changed by this operation OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 166 214 SIPLUS CMS
188. enter the maximum time of the scaling Scale allows to switch between the available scale methods Auto set Scaling Interval allows to switch between the available modes for the automatic scaling interval Scaling Interval Format allows to switch between the available input formats for the scaling interval Scaling Interval allows to enter the scaling interval Minor Scaling Divider allows to switch between the available minor scaling dividers Auto set Scaling Interval Auto set Scaling Interval Description On In this mode the MTC yt T001 constantly sets the scaling interval of the t axis according to the currently displayed time interval Off In this mode the MTC yt T001 uses the specified Scaling Interval Format and Scaling Interval parameters for the scaling interval of the t axis In case the specified parameters would lead to overlapping numbers the automatic scaling interval is being used automatically until the specified parameters allow a valid scaling again English Release 2012 09 171 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 5 13 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been
189. er inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed 2 2 4 12 Chart Styles Dialog 2 2 4 12 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Chart Styles dialog Default Styles of Data Styles of Controls INo Value Color Example 1 1 1 1 O Bs Paene fi Tiere 01 Chart Background Background Grid Cursor 1 05 Axes Color 06 Text of selected Items Active Text of selected Items Inactive 08 Background of selected Items Active MAS 09 Background of selected Items Inactive EE Data 12 Data 13 Data 14 Data 15 Data 16 Data 17 Data 18 Data 19 Data 20 Data 21 Data 22 Data 23 Data 24 Data 25 Data 26 Data 27 28 Data 28 Data 29 30 Data 30 31 Data 31 Data 32 Restore Defaults Set as Standard Cancel Figure 73 Example of a Chart Styles Dialog of a MTC ynm T001 English Release 2012 09 138 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 4 12 2 Default Styles of Data Table The Default Styles of Data table contains the default styles of data within the MTC ynm T001 Parameter Description Data 01 Data 32 displays the currently chosen color and style for the according data A do
190. es the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the styles within the dialog have been changed 2 2 2 13 Select Style Dialog 2 2 2 13 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Select Style dialog Style Parameters Parameter Value Line Type Solid Line Color a Line Strenath Thin Mark Type Arrow Mark Color Mark Strength Thin Rendering Mode N A Interpolation Mode N A Example a Restore Defaults Cancel Figure 32 Example of a Select Style Dialog of a MTC Vector2D T001 The functionality of the Select Style dialog matches the functionality of the Data Style dialog see point 2 2 2 12 English Release 2012 09 71 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 2 14 2 2 2 14 1 SIPLUS CMS Manual scale x Axis Dialog Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale x Axis dialog x Axis Parameters Parameter Value Auto scale Axis Minimum Value Minimum Value Exponent 0 Maximum Value Maximum Value Exponent 0 Auto set Scaling Interval On Scaling Interval Scaling Interval Exponent N A Minor Scaling Divider None Off 14 786 14 831 NA Figure 33 Example of a Manual scale x Axis Dialog of a MTC Vector2D T001 2 2 2 14 2 x Ax
191. ether the value within the Value cell is an absolute or a relative value Value contains the frequency or the multiplicator of the frequency marker Number of Harmonics contains the number of harmonics which shall be displayed for this frequency marker The user is able to highlight a complete row or multiple rows and to delete them via the context menu Re move context menu item and or via the keyboard lt Del gt key The last row of the Frequency Markers table always is an empty row and therefore it allows the user to add a new frequency marker by entering of another name into the Name field of this last row All other cells of the last row are empty and disabled as long as the Name field is empty Whenever a new name has been entered to the Name field another new empty row is added to the Frequency Markers table automatically The names must be unique among all present frequency markers 2 2 3 21 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Import Imports the frequency marker definitions from a csv file After this button has been pressed a browse dialog opens which allows to choose the input file from the local file system of the X Tools Client Export Exports the current frequency marker definitions to a file After this button has been pressed a browse dialog opens which allows to choose the output file from the local file system of the X Tools Client OK Closes the dialog and takes over
192. ext is being used for the main executables of X Tools o examples X Tools Client X Tools Server bold text is being used for the software modules of X Tools o examples Main Management System Device Profile Editor IPE Socket T001 green text is being used for controls like tables and trees o examples Main Profile Settings table Device Profile Data table orange text is being used for simple controls like a menu button a single row column cell of a table or a branch of a tree o examples Open menu button IP Address column Target Device Name cell Interfaces Branch dark yellow text is being used for the entries of context menus o examples Advanced Append Edit Camel Notation is being used for major terms of X Tools o examples Main Profile Interface Profile User Accounts File Analyzing Function and gt brackets are being used for keyboard keys o examples Ctrl Alt lt Shift gt Del and brackets are being used for mouse operations o examples left mouse button down mouse move Release 2012 09 14 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 Monitoring System 2 1 Monitoring System Explorer 2 1 1 Overview The Monitoring System Explorer in the following the MTS Explorer is used in order to visualize and main tain all of the files and modules which are relevant for the Monitoring System It is displayed as a tree which contains all of the relevant and available M
193. ext m enu items are provided for the Zoom into z Axis button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Auto scale Axis gt sets whether the z axis shall automatically adopt its scaling so that always the complete values of the contained data are visible Fit to Axis sets the scaling of the z axis so that the complete values of the contained data are visible Manual scale z Axis opens the Manual scale z Axis dialog Copy z Axis Scaling copies the scaling of the z axis Paste z Axis Scaling pastes the currently copied z axis scaling onto the z axis Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC ynm T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Zoom out from z Axis button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Auto scale Axis gt sets whether the z axis shall automatically adopt its scaling so that always the complete values of the contained data are visible Fit to Axis sets the scaling of the z axis so that the complete values of the contained data are visible Manual scale z Axis
194. f a Select Style Dialog of a MTC yx TOO sss 201 Example of a Manual scale x Axis Dialog of a MTC yx T001 sse 201 Figure 113 Example of a Manual scale y Axis Dialog of a MTC yx T001 sse 203 Figure 114 Example of a Manual scale Renderer Dialog of a MTC yx T001 sss 204 Figure 115 Dropping of Data in order to open a new Monitoring Chart 205 Figure 116 Dropping of Data in order to add it to the existing MTC yx T001 sss 205 Figure 117 Example of a MVE Standard T001 sss eene enm 208 English Release 2012 09 12 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 1 Preface 1 1 Purpose of this Document This document provides detailed information about the functionalities and usage of the software e SIPLUS CMS X Tools of the SIPLUS CMS product line In addition to the detailed information about each dialog and functionality of the Monitoring System which is found within this document also the following documentation is available e SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 01 Introduction o provides an introduction into the basic functionalities of SIPLUS CMS X Tools e SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 02 Master Data System o provides detailed information about the functionality which is provided by the Master Data System e SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 03 Main Management System o provides detailed
195. f cursors shall be synchronized Time Domain The Time Domain cell displays the time domain which is currently being used by all t axes of all Monitoring Charts of the MVE Standard T001 In case more than one time domain is being used currently the Time Do main cell stays empty When another time domain is being chosen via the Time Domain cell the chosen time domain is applied to all of the t axes within the MVE Standard T001 and to all of its Monitoring Charts As a result all t axes use the data with the known name and specified time domain for their visualization In case there is no data with the known name and matching time domain the affected data becomes marked as not present Time Base The Time Base cell displays the time base which is currently being used by all t axes of all Monitoring Charts of the MVE Standard T0041 In case more than one time base is being used currently the Time Base cell stays empty When another time base is being chosen via the Time Base cell the chosen time base is applied to all of the t axes within the MVE Standard T001 and to all of its Monitoring Charts As a result all t axes use the specified time base for their visualization In case online data is being displayed and the option Use the local Time of the Offline Data is being chosen the time base for all online data is automatically set to Use the local time of the Server English Release 2012 09 209 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools
196. f each column of pixels is taken as value for the visualization Minimal Value When the rendering mode is set to Minimal Value the smallest value of the values within the time interval of each column of pixels is taken as value for the visualization Maximal Value When the rendering mode is set to Maximal Value the biggest value of the values within the time interval of each column of pixels is taken as value for the visualization Minimal and Maximal Value When the rendering mode is set to Minimal and Maximal Value the smallest and biggest values of the values within the time interval of each column of pixels are taken as values for the visualiza tion In this mode two rendered values are calculated for each column of pixels for each data Interpolation Mode Interpolation Mode Description Default This setting keeps the default value for the interpolation mode of the data Lines When the interpolation mode Lines is chosen for a data the visualization connects two rendered pixels at the screen via a line interpolation The data curve always is visualized from the last ren dered value to the next rendered value via a straight connection In case a next rendered value is not available the data curve stops at the last rendered value Stairs When the interpolation mode Stairs is chosen for a data the visualization connects two rendered pixels at the screen via a stairs interpola
197. f the zooming is the current mouse position Zoom out zooms out at all t and y axes simultaneously the new scaling interval is the double of the old scaling interval and the center of the zooming is the current mouse position Manual scale Renderer opens the Manual scale Renderer dialog Chart Options opens the Chart Options dialog Copy Chart Options copies the options of the MTC yx T001 below the current mouse position Paste Chart Options pastes the currently copied MTC yx T001 options onto the MTC yx T001 below the current mouse position Chart Styles opens the Chart Styles dialog Copy Chart Styles copies the styles of the MTC yx T001 below the current mouse position Paste Chart Styles pastes the currently copied MTC yx T001 styles onto the MTC yx T001 below the current mouse position Show Background Grid gt sets the visibility of the background grid to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Legend gt sets the visibility of the Legend Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the Toolbar Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show x Axis gt sets the visibility of the t Axis Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show y Axis gt sets the visibility of the y Axis Area to the state which is
198. fault the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC yt T001 lt Shift gt can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC yt T001 lt Ctrl gt can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move e In order to add a data as root of a certain legend tree the desired data has to be dropped above the cur rent root data of the target legend tree In case multiple data take part in the current Drag amp Drop opera tion the first of them becomes the new root of the target legend tree and all others are listed directly be low it e In order to add a data in between two present data of the legend tree the desired data has to be dropped in between the two desired data of the target legend tree In case multiple data take part in the current Drag amp Drop operation all of them are inserted in between the two desired data of the target legend tree e In order to add a data at the end of a certain legend tree the desired data has to be dropped below the last data of the target legend tree In case multiple data take part in the current Drag amp Drop operation all of them are added to the end of the target legend tree e norder to remove a data from the legend tree with the mouse the desired data has to be dragged to any positio
199. for the Toolbar Area The displayed context menu is dependent to the clicked toolbar button as described below Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided for the On Off Measurement Cursors button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Measurement Cursors gt sets the visibility of measurement cursors to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Restore Measurement Cursors restores the positions of the measurement cursors so that both of them are visible at the screen again Auto scroll Measurement Cursors Running gt sets whether the measurement cursors of running visualizations shall scroll with the t axis to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Auto scroll Measurement Cursors Paused gt sets whether the measurement cursors of paused visualizations shall scroll with the t axis to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yt T001 English Release 2012 09 159 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu items are provided for the
200. formed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC yt T001 lt Shift gt can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC yt T001 Ctrl can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move English Release 2012 09 155 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System Context Menu SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show y Axes gt sets the visibility of the y Axes Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Auto scale Axis gt sets whether all selected y axes shall automatically adopt their scaling so that always the com plete values of their contained data are visible Fit to Axis for numerical y axes sets the scaling of all selected y axes so that the complete values of their contained data are visible for binary y axes sets the scaling of all selected y axes so that the lowest bar is displayed mini mal height of each bar above the bottom border of the MTC yt T001 and sets the height of each displayed bar to minimal height of each bar Set Background Grid Axis sets the y axis from which the context menu has been called as
201. g View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC ynm T001 English Release 2012 09 127 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 4 8 SIPLUS CMS Toolbar Area The Toolbar Area displays the buttons which are provided for fast access to frequently used functionalities The following screenshot shows an example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC ynm T001 SI E le e IJ I Pen opt 2400 gt a al Figure 69 Example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC ynm T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click onto the Zoom into x Axis button with releasing the button A single click of the left mouse button with releasing the button onto the Zoom into x Axis button zooms into the x axis once single click onto the Zoom into x Axis button with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button onto the Zoom into x Axis button zooms into the x axis continuously single click onto the Zoom out from x Axis button with releasing the button A single click of the left mouse button with releasing the button onto the Zoom out from x Axis button zooms out from the x axis once single click onto the Zoom out from x Axis button with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the butto
202. gend Area of a MTC Orbit T001 sssssssssssssssseee emen 29 Figure 8 Example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC Orbit T001 sssssssssssessseeem emen 31 Figure 9 Example of the Measurement Cursor of a MTC Orbit T001 sssssssssessee ee 33 Figure 10 Example of a Measurement Cursors Table of a MTC Orbit T001 sssssssssseeeee 34 Figure 11 Example of a Chart Options Dialog of a MTC Orbit T001 sssssssssssese 35 Figure 12 Example of a Chart Styles Dialog of a MTC Orbit T001 sss 39 Figure 13 Example of a Data Style Dialog of a MTC Orbit T001 sssssssssssseeee 40 Figure 14 Example of a Select Style Dialog of a MTC Orbit T001 ssssssssseeee 42 Figure 15 Example of a Manual scale x Axis Dialog of a MTC Orbit T001 ssssssssssssseee 42 Figure 16 Example of a Manual scale y Axis Dialog of a MTC Orbit T001 ssssssssseeee 44 Figure 17 Example of a Manual scale Renderer Dialog of a MTC Orbit T001 sss 45 Figure 18 Dropping of Data in order to open a new Monitoring Chart 46 Figure 19 Dropping of Data in order to add it to the existing MTC Orbit T001 sssssssssssssssssss 46 Figure 20 Example of a MTC Vector2D TO001 ssssssssssssseeeeeene meer emen nennen enne 47 Figure 21 Figure 22 Example of the Curve Area of a MTC Vector2D T001
203. gt lt gt lt x gt lt gt zooms only out from the x axis behaves like lt Shift gt lt gt lt Ctrl gt lt gt zooms only out from the y axis lt y gt lt gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt gt lt F gt fits the scaling of the x and y axis simultaneously lt L gt toggles the aspect ratio between locked and unlocked lt Shift gt lt F gt fits the scaling only of the x axis lt x gt lt F gt behaves like lt Shift gt lt F gt lt Ctrl gt lt F gt fits the scaling only of the y axis lt y gt lt F gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt F gt lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt undoes the latest operation from the undo buffer lt Shift gt lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt undoes all operations from the undo buffer lt Ctrl gt lt Y gt redoes the latest operation from the redo buffer Shift Ctrl Y redoes all operations from the redo buffer Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a zoom operation While the left mouse button is kept down a rectangle is shown in order to indicate the zooming area The actual zooming is performed when the left mouse button is released e left mouse button down
204. gt lt Y gt redoes the latest operation from the redo buffer lt Shift gt lt Ctrl gt lt Y gt redoes all operations from the redo buffer Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a zoom operation While the left mouse button is kept down a rectangle from the position where the left mouse button has been pressed to the current position of the mouse cursor is shown in order to indicate the zooming area The actual zooming is performed when the left mouse button is released e left mouse button down mouse move zooms into the specified area of the x and y axis simultaneously e Shift left mouse button down mouse move zooms only into the specified area of the x axis o Xx left mouse button down mouse move behaves like Shift left mouse but ton down mouse move e lt Ctrl gt left mouse button down mouse move zooms only into the specified area of the y axis o Xy left mouse button down mouse move behaves like Ctrl left mouse but ton down mouse move e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without changing of any axis scaling English Release 2012 09 177 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System
205. gt zooms into the x and y axis simultaneously lt Shift gt lt gt zooms only into the x axis lt x gt lt gt behaves like lt Shift gt lt gt lt Ctrl gt lt gt zooms only into the y axis lt y gt lt gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt gt lt gt zooms out from the x and y axis simultaneously lt Shift gt lt gt y lt gt zooms only out from the x axis behaves like lt Shift gt lt gt lt Ctrl gt lt gt zooms only out from the y axis lt y gt lt gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt gt lt F gt fits the scaling of the x and y axis simultaneously lt L gt toggles the aspect ratio between locked and unlocked lt Shift gt lt F gt fits the scaling only of the x axis lt x gt lt F gt behaves like lt Shift gt lt F gt lt Ctrl gt lt F gt fits the scaling only of the y axis lt y gt lt F gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt F gt lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt undoes the latest operation from the undo buffer lt Shift gt lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt undoes all operations from the undo buffer lt Ctrl gt lt Y gt redoes the latest operation from the redo buffer lt Shift gt lt Ctrl gt lt Y gt redoes all operations from the redo buffer lt Cursor left gt in case the measurement cursor is turned on this key moves the m
206. h is specified via the submenu of this item Auto scale Axis gt sets whether all selected x axes shall automatically adopt their scaling so that always the com plete values of their contained data are visible Fit to Axis sets the scaling of all selected x axes so that the complete values of their contained data are visi ble Set Background Grid Axis sets the x axis from which the context menu has been called as the x axis which is providing the vertical background grid lines the x axis which provides the vertical background grid lines also is the x axis to which the Measurement Cursors are bound Set Default Axis sets the x axis from which the context menu has been called as the x axis which is the default x axis for newly dragged data Manual scale x Axis opens the Manual scale x Axis dialog for the selected x axes Copy x Axis Scaling copies the scaling of the x axis below the current mouse position Paste x Axis Scaling pastes the currently copied x axis scaling onto the x axis below the current mouse position Rescale x Axis after Open gt sets the rescale type of the x axis after opening of the Monitoring View File to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Rescale x Axis after Action gt sets the rescale type of the x axis after an action to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Remove Axis removes all selected x axes with
207. hanged see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC yt T001 Shift can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC yt T001 Ctrl can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move English Release 2012 09 152 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System Context Menu SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show t Axes gt sets the visibility of the t Axes Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Fit to Axis sets the scaling of all selected t axes so that the complete values of their contained data are visi ble Set Background Grid Axis sets the t axis from which the context menu has been called as the t axis which is providing the vertical background grid lines the t axis which provides the vertical background grid lines also is the t axis to which the Measurement Cursors are bound Set Default Axis sets the t axis from which the context menu has been called as the t axis which is the default t axis for newly dragged data Manual scale t Axis opens the Manual scale t Axis dialog for the selected t axes Copy t Axis Scaling copies the scaling of the t axis below the current mouse position
208. has been dropped into the MTC ynm T001 Undo Redo Buffer Size allows to enter the total size of undo redo operations which shall be remembered by the MTC ynm T001 Data Snapshot Scope allows to choose whether data snapshots shall store only the data from the currnet Monitoring Chart or from the whole Monitoring View Chart Name The Chart Name is used by other modules in order to identify a certain MTC ynm T001 Within the current Monitoring View the Chart Name of each MTC ynm T001 must be unique Time Domain The following time domains are supported by the Chart Options dialog of the MTC ynm T001 e Online Data with absolute Timestamps e Offline Data with absolute Timestamps e Offline Data with relative Timestamps The Time Domain cell displays the time domain which is currently being used by all data of the MTC ynm T001 In case more than one time domain is being used currently the Time Domain cell stays empty When another time domain is being chosen via the Time Domain cell the chosen time domain is applied to all of the data of the MTC ynm T0071 As a result all data internally are being put onto the t axis with chosen time English Release 2012 09 135 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS domain In case there is no data with the known name and matching time domain the affected data becomes marked as not present In case the time domain is being change
209. he MTC yx T001 automatically rescales its x axis after the Monitoring View File has been opened so that all values from all data of the x axis become visible No In case the rescale mode for the x axis after open is set to No the MTC yx T001 does not touch the scaling of its x axis after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored values from the Monitoring View File Rescale x Axis after Action Rescale x Axis after Action Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the x axis after an action is set to Yes the MTC yx T001 automati cally rescales its x axis after an external action has modified the displayed data so that all values of the x axis become visible The following actions result in an automatic rescale of the x axis in case this mode is chosen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC yx T001 No In case the rescale mode for the x axis after an action is set to No the MTC yx T001 does not touch the scaling of its x axis after an external action has modified the displayed and leaves it at the current values Rescale y Axis after Open Rescale y Axis after Open Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the y axis after open is set to Yes the MTC yx T001 automatically rescales its y axis after the Monitoring View File has been opened so that all val
210. he Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the y Axes Area opens the context menu for the y Axes Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move down moves the y axis down e right mouse button down mouse move up moves the y axis up e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets all axes scaling back to the values which they had before the shift operation had been started Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the y Axes Area The actual opera tion is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down moves the y axis up e mouse wheel up moves the y axis down e Ctrl mouse wheel down zooms out of the y axis from the current y position of the mouse cursor e Ctrl mouse wheel up zooms into the y axis from the current y position of the mouse cursor Drag amp Drop of Data When a data is dropped onto an existing y axis it is added to the curren
211. he button Single and multiple t axes can be selected deselected through a left mouse button click e left mouse button down above any t axis selects the below t axis e Ctrl left mouse button down is used in order to select deselect t axis after t axis e lt Shift gt left mouse button down is used in order to select deselect all t axis from the last selected t axis to the t axis below the current mouse position o incase there is no t axis selected at the moment only the below t axis is selected e multiple t axes can be selected deselected after each other through combinations of the above methods e incase there is a selection of items already and the user clicks onto any t axis which is not selected currently without pressing the Shift or Ctrl keys the currently selected items of the clicked Monitoring Chart are deselected and the clicked t axis becomes selected instead e in case the left mouse button or the right mouse button is being pressed anywhere out side the t Axes Area the currently selected items of the clicked Monitoring Chart are de selected single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a zoom operation The actual zooming is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse button down mouse move right zooms out of the t axis from the t position where the left mouse button has been pressed e left mouse button down mouse move l
212. he following specific context m enu items are provided for the Zoom out from all button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Fit to x Axis sets the scaling of the x axis so that the complete values of the contained data are visible Fit to y Axis sets the scaling of the y axis so that the complete values of the contained data are visible Fit to z Axis sets the scaling of the z axis so that the complete values of the contained data are visible Manual scale x Axis opens the Manual scale x Axis dialog Manual scale y Axis opens the Manual scale y Axis dialog Manual scale z Axis opens the Manual scale z Axis dialog Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC ynm T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the On Off Measurement Cursors button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Measurement Cursors gt sets the visibility of measurement cursors to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Select Measurement Cursor gt specifies which measurement cursor shall have
213. he left mouse button onto the Undo button undoes the last operation from the undo buffer single click onto the Redo button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Redo button redoes the last operation from the redo buffer single click onto the Continue Visuali zation button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Continue Visualization button continues the visuali zation This button applies to all currently present data independently to whether they are paused or run ning at the moment The Continue Visualization button sets the visualization of all data to running single click onto the Pause Visualiza tion button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Pause Visualization button pause the visualization This button applies to all currently present data independently to whether they are paused or run ning at the moment The Pause Visualization button sets the visualization of all data to paused single click onto the Store Data Snap shot button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Store Data Snapshot button starts the storing of the data which are contained within the MTC ynm T001 English Release 2012 09 128 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS While the storing is in progress the Storage Progress dialog shows the current progress of the storing and also can be used in order to cancel the storing
214. he left mouse button with releasing the button above the right step button shifts the currently displayed point in time into the future e without additional keys being pressed the next newer timestamp from the data at the time domain of the slider is being chosen as new current point in time o incase the current point in time already is the newest available point in time the right step button does not change the current point in time any more single click with keeping the button onto the left step button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto the left step button be haves like if the left step button would be clicked with the left mouse button constantly single click with keeping the button onto the right step button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto the right step button behaves like if the right step button would be clicked with the left mouse button constantly single click with keeping the button onto the slider button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto the slider button allows to modify the current point in time e incase the mouse is moved to the left the current point in time is shifted into the past o the slider button can not be dragged out of the left border of the Slider Area e incase the mouse is moved to the right the current point in time is shifted into the future o the slider button can
215. hether they are paused or run ning at the moment The Pause Visualization button sets the visualization of all data of all x and y axes to paused single click onto the Store Data Snap shot button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Store Data Snapshot button starts the storing of the data which are contained within the MTC yn T001 While the storing is in progress the Storage Progress dialog shows the current progress of the storing and also can be used in order to cancel the storing See also tutorial chapter Storing of Data Snapshots out of the Monitoring System Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operation can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Toolbar Area opens the context menu for the Toolbar Area The displayed context menu is dependent to the clicked toolbar button as described below Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided for the On Off Measurement Cursors button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Measurement Cursors gt sets the visibility of the measurement cursors to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Restore
216. his item Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the Toolbar Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show x Axis gt Show y Axis gt sets the visibility of the t Axis Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item sets the visibility of the y Axis Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Sliders gt sets the visibility of the Slider Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Orbit T001 Lock Aspect Ratio In case the aspect ratio is locked the scaling of the x and y axes always is kept synchronized so that the same amount of pixels are being used at the x and y axes for the same interval of values Changing of the scaling of one axis automatically also changes the scaling of the other axis in case the aspect ratio is locked Lock Origin In case the origin is locked the origin of the x and y axes always is being kept in the middle of the MTC Orbit T001 In this mode Zooming is not possible via the left mouse button except when the left mouse button is be ing moved directly above an axis In addition shifting via the right mouse button is not possible in this mode 2 2 1 3 x Axis Area The x Axis Area of the MTC Orbit
217. ialog of the MTC yx T001 e default data style of the MTC yx T001 English Release 2012 09 176 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Keyboard Operations The following operations can be performed via the keyboard Keyboard Operation Description lt gt zooms into the x and y axis simultaneously lt Shift gt lt gt zooms only into the x axis lt x gt lt gt behaves like lt Shift gt lt gt Ctrl lt gt zooms only into the y axis lt y gt lt gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt gt lt gt zooms out from the x and y axis simultaneously lt Shift gt lt gt lt x gt lt gt zooms only out from the x axis behaves like lt Shift gt lt gt lt Ctrl gt lt gt zooms only out from the y axis lt y gt lt gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt gt lt F gt fits the scaling of the x and y axis simultaneously lt Shift gt lt F gt fits the scaling only of the x axis lt x gt lt F gt behaves like lt Shift gt lt F gt lt Ctrl gt lt F gt fits the scaling only of the y axis lt y gt lt F gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt F gt lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt undoes the latest operation from the undo buffer lt Shift gt lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt undoes all operations from the undo buffer lt Ctrl
218. ical line of the Main Frequency Marker In case the Main Frequency Marker is linked to a data currently the name of the linked data is displayed at the top of the vertical line of the Main Frequency Marker In order to break the link between the Main Frequency Marker and its currently linked data the Main Frequency Marker can be moved away either with the mouse or via the keyboard While it is linked to a data the position of the Main Frequency Marker is updated automatically to the value of its linked data which matches the currently visualized point in time Whenever the currently visualized point in time is changed either because the online visualization is running or because the slide button is moved the position of the Main Frequency Marker is updated automatically 2 2 3 12 Measurement Cursors Table The Measurement Cursors table contains the values of all Measurement Cursors of all MTC yn T001s which are present within the parent Monitoring View Editor The following screenshot shows an example for the Measurement Cursors table for a MTC yn T001 Measurement Cursors MTC yn T001 No Chart Data Unit x1 Yi x2 Y2 x2x1 v2 1 Monitoring Chart O1 FFT 01 FFTForSignal 47945 0 015 97847 0 007 49902 0 008 2 Monitoring Chart 01 FFTO3FFTForSignal 47841 0878 97924 0 622 50083 0258 Figure 50 Example of a Measurement Cursors table of a MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 99 214 SIPLUS CMS X T
219. ight mouse button down mouse move shifts both advanced cursors horizontally simultane ously with keeping the value distance between them o whenever the position of the 1 Harmonic is changed the position of all harmonics is updated automatically o whenever the Center Frequency is changed the position of all sidebands is updated automatically The values which are displayed by the Advanced Cursors table are updated automatically while the shifting is performed English Release 2012 09 96 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 3 10 Frequency Markers Each Frequency Marker is represented through a vertical line The Main Frequency Marker can be shifted in horizontal direction either manually or automatically see point 0 all other Frequency Markers are either at a static position or derived from the position of the Main Frequency Marker The Configure Frequency Markers dialog is used in order to configure which Frequency Markers shall be available see point 2 2 3 21 The following screenshot shows an example of the Frequency Markers of a MTC yn T001 1 Online Data with absolute Timestamps 2012 07 27 09 05 05 357 000 000 GMT 02 00 FFT 01 FFTForSignal T FFT 03 FFTForSignal 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 E J0 0 0 2H 8 6p 481614 A3uanbauJ Uew 2H 000 98 Figure 49 Example of the Frequency Markers of a MTC yn T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Butt
220. ight gt and lt R gt 2 2 3 11 2 The current Cursor Data The cursors and markers of each MTC yn T001 always are assigned to one of the data from the legend The x and y information at the bottom of each cursor marker line always shows the values of the current cursor data Within the Advanced Cursors and Frequency Markers tables only the values of the data which is present at the x axis of the current cursor data are displayed In addition all cursors and markers preferential snap to values of the current cursor data however in case there are no values of the current cursor data nearby and there are values nearby of another data a cur sor marker also can snap to this other data In this case this other data becomes the new cursor data The current cursor data can be changed also via the context menu of the Legend see point 2 2 3 6 2 2 3 11 3 Labeling of Cursor and Marker Lines At the top of the line of each cursor marker its name is displayed The same name also is being used within the Measurement Cursors Advanced Cursors and Frequency Markers tables A small icon at the top of the vertical line is shown in case the cursor marker is currently linked to another cur sor marker see point 2 2 3 11 4 At the bottom of the line of each cursor marker the current x and y values of the cursor marker and of the cur rent cursor data see point 2 2 3 11 2 are displayed English Release 2012 09 98 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools Use
221. ike Ctrl left mouse but ton down mouse move e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without changing of any axis scaling English Release 2012 09 21 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Curve Area opens the context menu for the Curve Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move moves all curves within the Curve Area into the direction of the mouse move o when the Shift key is being pressed during the shift operation the curves are shifted only in horizontal direction when x key is being pressed during the shift operation the behavior is like if the Shift key is being pressed during the shift operation o when the Ctrl key is being pressed during the shift operation the curves are shifted only in vertical direction when lt y gt key is being pressed during the shift operation the behavior is like if the Shift key is being pressed during the shift operation e lt Esc gt cancels the current o
222. ile has been opened e incase of online data the newest visualized point in time is being set to the current system time e incase of offline data the newest visualized point in time is being set to the newest com mon time of the y and x data of each x axis In case the display time is being updated also the number of to be rendered points is being set to 1000 No In case the update mode for the display time after open is set to No the MTC yx T001 does not touch the display time after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored value from the Monitoring View File Update Display Time after Action Update Display Time after Action Description Yes In case the update mode for the display time after an action is set to Yes the MTC yx T001 automatically sets its display time to 10 seconds after an external action has modified the dis played data so that all values from the y axis become visible e incase of online data the newest visualized point in time is being set to the current system time e incase of offline data the newest visualized point in time is being set to the newest com mon time of the y and x data of each x axis The following actions result in an automatic update of the display time in case this mode is cho sen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC yx T0
223. ine Color Default Line Strength Default Mark Type Default Mark Color Default Mark Strength Default Rendering Mode Default Interpolation Mode N A Example Restore Defaults Figure 110 Example of a Data Style Dialog of a MTC yx T001 English Release 2012 09 199 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 6 12 2 SIPLUS CMS Style Parameters Table The Style Parameters table contains the visualization style parameters of the currently selected data Parameter Description Line Type allows to switch between the available line types Line Color allows to enter the desired line color Line Strength allows to switch between the available line strengths Mark Type allows to switch between the available mark types Mark Color allows to enter the desired mark color Mark Strength allows to switch between the available mark strengths Rendering Mode allows to switch between the available rendering modes Interpolation Mode not applicable Example displays an example curve according to the specified data style A value of Default can be assigned to each style parameter In case Default is being chosen the according value from the Chart Styles dialog is being used for the visualization of the data Rendering Mode In order to visualize data of the function y f x there are two signals necessary One is defining the value on the x axis and the
224. information about the functionality which is provided by the Main Management Sys tem e SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 04 Device Management System o provides detailed information about the functionality which is provided by the Device Management System e SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 06 Analyzing System o provides detailed information about the functionality which is provided by the Analyzing System e SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 07 Storage System o provides detailed information about the functionality which is provided by the Storage System e SIPLUS CMS X Tools Release Notes o provides additional information about the released version of SIPLUS CMS X Tools e SIPLUS CMS X Tools Change Log o provides an overview about the changes which have been introduced with the current version of SIPLUS CMS X Tools 1 2 Validity of this Document This document is valid for the following software e SIPLUS CMS X Tools Demo V 03 05 e SIPLUS CMS X Tools Standard V 03 05 e SIPLUS CMS X Tools Professional V 03 05 During the following pages these software packages will be referred to by the term X Tools 1 3 Audience This document is intended for personnel involved in the commissioning and using of the software e X Tools English Release 2012 09 13 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 1 4 The fo English Notations llowing notations are used within this document bold italic t
225. ing Chart Restore Defaults Set as Standard K Cancel Figure 108 Example of a Chart Options Dialog of a MTC yx T001 English Release 2012 09 194 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 6 10 2 SIPLUS CMS Chart Options Table The Chart Options table contains the chart options of the MTC yx T001 Parameter Description Chart Name allows to enter a name for the chart Time Domain allows to choose the time domain Time Base allows to choose the time base Show Background Grid allows to choose whether the background grid shall be shown within the Curve Area Show Legend allows to choose whether the Legend Area shall be shown Show Toolbar allows to choose whether the Toolbar Area shall be shown Show x Axis allows to choose whether the x Axis Area shall be shown Show y Axis allows to choose whether the y Axis Area shall be shown Show Sliders allows to choose whether the Slider Area shall be shown Rescale x Axis after Open allows to choose whether the x axis shall be scaled automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Rescale x Axis after Action allows to choose whether the x axis shall be scaled automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC yx T001 or after a new data has been dropped into the MTC yx T001 Rescale y Axis after Open allows to choose whether the y axis shall be scal
226. ing System Context Menu SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show y Axis gt sets the visibility of the y Axis Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Auto scale Axis gt sets whether the y axis shall automatically adopt its scaling so that always the complete values of its contained data are visible Fit to Axis sets the scaling of the y axis so that the complete values of its contained data are visible Lock Aspect Ratio gt sets the locking of the aspect ratio to the value which is specified via the submenu of this item Manual scale Renderer opens the Manual scale Renderer dialog Manual scale y Axis opens the Manual scale y Axis dialog Copy y Axis Scaling copies the scaling of the y axis below the current mouse position Paste y Axis Scaling pastes the currently copied y axis scaling onto the y axis below the current mouse position Rescale y Axis after Open gt sets the rescale type of the y axis after opening of the Monitoring View File to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Rescale y Axis after Action gt sets the rescale type of the y axis after an action to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of
227. ing View File has been opened so that the latest available values from all data of each time domain become visible No In case the update mode for the display time after open is set to No the MTC yn T001 does not touch the values of its display times after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored values from the Monitoring View File Update Display Time after Action The update type for the display time after an action can be modified for each time domain independently via the context menu of the Slider Area in order to overwrite the global setting of the MTC yn T001 Update Display Time after Action Description Yes In case the update mode for the display time after an action is set to Yes the MTC yn T001 automatically updates the display time after an external action has modified the displayed data so that the latest available values from all data of each time domain become visible The following actions result in an automatic update of the display time in case this mode is cho sen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC yn T001 No In case the update mode for the display time after an action is set to No the MTC yn T001 does not touch the values of its display times after an external action has modified the displayed data and leaves it at the current values
228. ingle click onto the Pause Visualiza tion button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Pause Visualization button pause the visualization This button applies to all currently present data independently to whether they are paused or run ning at the moment The Pause Visualization button sets the visualization of all data to paused single click onto the Store Data Snap shot button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Store Data Snapshot button starts the storing of the data which are contained within the MTC Orbit T001 While the storing is in progress the Storage Progress dialog shows the current progress of the storing and also can be used in order to cancel the storing See also tutorial chapter Storing of Data Snapshots out of the Monitoring System Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Toolbar Area opens the context menu for the Toolbar Area The displayed context menu is dependent to the clicked toolbar button as described below English Release 2012 09 31 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual Context Menu The following specific context m 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS enu items are provided for the On Off Measurement Cursors butto
229. ingle click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Legend Area opens the context menu for the Legend Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button above the Legend Area starts a shift operation for the legend texts The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move down moves the Legend Area down e right mouse button down mouse move up moves the Legend Area up e Esc cancels the current operation and sets the position of the Legend Area back to the place which it had before the shift operation had been started The shifting of the legend texts is enabled only in case not all of the available legend texts fit into the currently available vertical space English Release 2012 09 157 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Drag amp Drop of Data During all Drag amp Drop of data into the Legend Area the following rules apply e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC yt T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC yt T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by de
230. ion of the Data Style dialog The data style defines how a data is visualized graphically It contains the parameters for the color strength style of the line as well as the parameters for the color strength style of the mark and the rendering interpolation methods The styles of each data can be defined at different levels by the user The style of each data can be set at the following levels where the settings of a higher level overwrite the set tings of a lower level top high bottom low e Data Style dialog of the MTC ynm T001 e default data style of the MTC ynm T001 English Release 2012 09 115 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Keyboard Operations The following operations can be performed via the keyboard Keyboard Operation Description lt gt zooms into all three directions simultaneously lt Shift gt lt gt zooms only into the x axis lt x gt lt gt behaves like lt Shift gt lt gt lt Ctrl gt lt gt zooms only into the y axis lt y gt lt gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt gt lt Alt gt lt gt zooms only into the z axis lt Z gt lt gt lt gt behaves like lt Alt gt lt gt zooms out from all three directions simultaneously lt Shift gt lt gt zooms only out from the x axis lt x gt lt gt behaves like lt Shift gt lt gt l
231. is Parameters Table The x Axis Parameters table contains the parameters of a currently selected x axis Parameter Description Auto scale Axis allows to switch between the available auto scale axis modes Minimum Value allows to enter the minimum value of the scaling Minimum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported minimum value exponents Maximum Value allows to enter the maximum value of the scaling Maximum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported maximum value exponents Auto set Scaling Interval allows to switch between the available modes for the automatic scaling interval Scaling Interval allows to enter the scaling interval Scaling Interval Exponent allows to switch between the supported scaling interval exponents Minor Scaling Divider allows to switch between the available minor scaling dividers Auto scale Axis Auto scale Axis Description On In this mode the MTC Vector2D T001 constantly sets the scaling of the x axis so that all available values of the data at the x axis stay visible Off In this mode the MTC Vector2D T001 uses the specified Minimum Value and Maximum Value parameters for the scaling of the x axis Auto set Scaling Interval Auto set Scaling Interval Description On In this mode the MTC Vector2D T001 constantly sets the scaling interval of the x axis according to the curren
232. is and adds the dragged data s to these new axes e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC yn T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC yn T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC yn T001 lt Shift gt can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC yn T001 lt Ctrl gt can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Fit to Chart sets the scaling of all x and y axes so that the complete values of all data within the MTC yn T001 become visible Fit to Charts sets the scaling of all Monitoring Charts within the parent Monitoring View Editor so that the complete values of all data within all Monitoring Charts become visible Zoom in zooms in at all x and y axes simultaneously the new scaling interval is half of the old scaling interval and the center of the zooming is the current mouse position Zoom ou
233. is operation OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the styles within the dialog have been changed 2 2 5 11 Data Style Dialog 2 2 5 11 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Data Style dialog Style Parameters Parameter No Value Line Type Line Color Line Strenath Mark Type Mark Color Mark Strength Rendering Mode Example Default Default Default Default Default Default Default Interpolation Mode Default Restore Defaults Figure 92 Example of a Data Style Dialog of a MTC yt T001 English Release 2012 09 168 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 5 11 2 SIPLUS CMS Style Parameters Table The Style Parameters table contains the visualization style parameters of the currently selected data Parameter Description Line Type allows to switch between the available line types Line Color allows to enter the desired line color Line Strength allows to switch between the available line strengths Mark Type allows to switch between the available mark types Mark Color allows to enter the desired mark color Mark Strength allows to switch between the available mark strengths Rendering Mode allows to switch between
234. is shall automatically adopt its scaling so that always the complete values of its contained data are visible Fit to Axis sets the scaling of the x axis so that the complete values of its contained data are visible Manual scale Renderer opens the Manual scale Renderer dialog Manual scale x Axis opens the Manual scale x Axis dialog Copy x Axis Scaling copies the scaling of the x axis below the current mouse position Paste x Axis Scaling pastes the currently copied x axis scaling onto the x axis below the current mouse position Rescale x Axis after Open gt sets the rescale type of the x axis after opening of the Monitoring View File to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Rescale x Axis after Action gt sets the rescale type of the x axis after an action to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yx T001 English Release 2012 09 181 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 6 4 y Axis Area The y Axis Area of the MTC yx T001 is used in order to display the scaling of the present y axis Via mouse operations the user is able to zoom scroll and maintain the available data The following screenshot shows an example of the y Axi
235. keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto any text within the Leg end Area starts a Drag amp Drop operation for the currently selected data s as soon as the mouse cursor is moved e a Drag amp Drop operation within the same MTC yx T001 moves the dragged data s to the new position o Ctrl can be pressed in order to execute a copy operation instead of the move opera tion within the same MTC yx T001 e a Drag amp Drop operation to another MTC yx T001 copies the dragged data s to the new position o Shift can be pressed in order to execute a move operation instead of the copy op eration to the other MTC yx T001 e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without moving or copying anything double click A double click of the left mouse button onto any text within the Legend Area opens the Data Style dialog for the data below the current mouse position Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Legend Area opens the context menu for the Legend Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button above the Legend Area starts a shift operation for the legend texts The actual shifting is
236. l be remembered by the MTC Vector2D T001 Data Snapshot Scope allows to choose whether data snapshots shall store only the data from the currnet Monitoring Chart or from the whole Monitoring View Chart Name The Chart Name is used by other modules in order to identify a certain MTC Vector2D T001 Within the current Monitoring View the Chart Name of each MTC Vector2D T001 must be unique Time Domain The following time domains are supported by the Chart Options dialog of the MTC Vector2D T001 e Online Data with absolute Timestamps e Offline Data with absolute Timestamps e Offline Data with relative Timestamps The Time Domain cell displays the time domain which is currently being used by all data of the MTC Vector2D T0041 In case more than one time domain is being used currently the Time Domain cell stays empty When another time domain is being chosen via the Time Domain cell the chosen time domain is applied to all of the data of the MTC Vector2D T001 As a result all data use the data with the known name and specified time domain for their visualization In case there is no data with the known name and matching time domain the affected data becomes marked as not present In case the time domain is being changed the x y axis and the display time can be updated automatically in case the Rescale x Axis after Action Rescale y Axis after Action or Rescale Display Time after Action options are being set to Yes
237. l operations from the redo buffer Clear Undo Redo Buffer removes all entries from the undo redo buffer of the MTC ynm T001 Change Undo Redo Buffer Size opens the Chart Options dialog sets the input focus to the Undo Redo Buffer Size edit control and puts it into editing mode Close Chart closes the MTC ynm T001 The following specific context m Context Menu Item enu items are provided for the Pause Visualization button Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Pause Visualization pauses the visualization which stops the automatic update of all data Continue Visualization continues the visualization which continues the automatic update of all data Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC ynm T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Continue Visualization button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Pause Visualization pauses the visualization which stops the automatic update of all data Continue Visualization continues the visualization which continues the automatic update of all data Print Sc
238. last operation from the redo buffer single click onto the Continue Visuali zation button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Continue Visualization button continues the visuali zation This button applies to all currently present data independently to whether they are paused or run ning at the moment The Continue Visualization button sets the visualization of all data of all t and y axes to running single click onto the Pause Visualiza tion button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Pause Visualization button pause the visualization This button applies to all currently present data independently to whether they are paused or run ning at the moment The Pause Visualization button sets the visualization of all data of all t and y axes to paused single click onto the Store Data Snap shot button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Store Data Snapshot button starts the storing of the data which are contained within the MTC yx T001 While the storing is in progress the Storage Progress dialog shows the current progress of the storing and also can be used in order to cancel the storing See also tutorial chapter Storing of Data Snapshots out of the Monitoring System English Release 2012 09 189 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be perfor
239. latest operation from the undo buffer lt Shift gt lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt undoes all operations from the undo buffer lt Ctrl gt lt Y gt redoes the latest operation from the redo buffer lt Shift gt lt Ctrl gt lt Y gt redoes all operations from the redo buffer Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a zoom operation While the left mouse button is kept down a rectangle from the position where the left mouse button has been pressed to the current position of the mouse cursor is shown in order to indicate the zooming area The actual zooming is performed when the left mouse button is released e left mouse button down mouse move zooms into the specified area of the t and y axes simultaneously e Shift left mouse button down mouse move zooms only into the specified area of the t axes o Xx left mouse button down mouse move behaves like Shift left mouse but ton down mouse move e lt Ctrl gt left mouse button down mouse move zooms only into the specified area of the y axes o Xy left mouse button down mouse move behaves like Ctrl left mouse but ton down mouse move e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation
240. le of a Chart Styles Dialog of a MTC Orbit T001 2 2 1 11 2 Default Styles of Data Table The Default Styles of Data table contains the default styles of data within the MTC Orbit T001 Parameter Description Data 01 Data 32 displays the currently chosen color and style for the according data A double click into the Color column of this control opens the Select Color dialog for the according row A double click into the Example column of this control opens the Select Style dialog for the according row English Release 2012 09 39 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 1 11 3 SIPLUS CMS Styles of Controls Table The Styles of Controls table contains the styles of the controls of the MTC Orbit T001 Parameter Description Chart Background displays the currently chosen color for the chart background Background Grid displays the currently chosen style for the background grid Cursor displays the currently chosen color for the cursor Axes Color displays the currently chosen color for the axes Zooming Frame displays the currently chosen style for the zooming frame Text of selected Items Active displays the currently chosen color of the text of active selected items Text of selected Items Inactive displays the currently chosen color of the text of inactive selected items Background of selected Items Active displays the
241. lease 2012 09 133 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS It is opened within the Cursor Area of the parent Monitoring View Editor of the MTC ynm T001 Column Description No contains the row number Chart contains the name of the chart from which the data comes Data contains the name of the data Unit contains the unit of the data x1 contains the x value of the data at the x position of cursor 1 Z1 contains the z value of the data at the z position of cursor 1 Y1 contains the y value of the data at the y position of cursor 1 X2 contains the x value of the data at the x position of cursor 2 Z2 contains the z value of the data at the z position of cursor 2 Y2 contains the y value of the data at the y position of cursor 2 X2 X1 contains the difference in between X2 and X1 Z2 Z1 contains the difference in between Z2 and Z1 Y2 Y1 contains the difference in between Y2 and Y1 The contents of the Measurement Cursors table can be copied to the clipboard of Windows From there they can be inserted into any other compatible application 2 2 4 11 Chart Options Dialog 2 2 4 11 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Chart Options dialog Chart Options Monitoring Chart 01 Online Data with absolute Timestamps Default Yes Yes Automatic Yes Yes 09 Show y Axes Yes 10 Show z Axes Yes Show Slider Yes Rescale x Axes after Open No
242. ling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the Slider Area The actual operation is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down moves the slider button left into the past o incase the current begin time of the displayed interval already is the oldest available point in time or older mouse wheel down does not change the currently displayed interval e mouse wheel up moves the slider button right into the future o incase the current end time of the displayed interval already is the newest available point in time or newer mouse wheel up does not change the currently displayed in terval English Release 2012 09 185 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Drag amp Drop of Data When an yx compatible data is dropped into the Slider Area it is added to the currently present data of the MTC yx T001 e left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation and adds the dragged data s to the currently pre sent x axis data as if the data would have been dropped directly into the Curve Area see point 2 2 6 2 e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC yx T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC yx T001 onto which the drop is performed
243. ll t and y axes so that the complete values of all data within the MTC yt T001 become visible Fit to Charts sets the scaling of all Monitoring Charts within the parent Monitoring View Editor so that the complete values of all data within all Monitoring Charts become visible Zoom in zooms in at all t and y axes simultaneously the new scaling interval is half of the old scaling interval and the center of the zooming is the current mouse position Zoom out zooms out at all t and y axes simultaneously the new scaling interval is the double of the old scaling interval and the center of the zooming is the current mouse position Chart Options opens the Chart Options dialog Copy Chart Options copies the options of the MTC yt T001 below the current mouse position Paste Chart Options pastes the currently copied MTC yt T001 options onto the MTC yt T001 below the current mouse position Chart Styles opens the Chart Styles dialog Copy Chart Styles copies the styles of the MTC yt T001 below the current mouse position Paste Chart Styles pastes the currently copied MTC yt T001 styles onto the MTC yt T001 below the current mouse position Show Background Grid gt sets the visibility of the background grid to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Legend gt sets the visibility of the Legend Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show
244. llows to enter the maximum value of the scaling allows to switch between the supported maximum value exponents Auto set Scaling Interval allows to switch between the available modes for the automatic scaling interval Scaling Interval allows to enter the scaling interval Scaling Interval Exponent allows to switch between the supported scaling interval exponents Minor Scaling Divider allows to switch between the available minor scaling dividers Auto scale Axis Auto scale Axis Description On In this mode the MTC ynm T001 constantly sets the scaling of the x axis so that all available values of the data at the x axis stay visible Off In this mode the MTC ynm T001 uses the specified Minimum Value and Maximum Value pa rameters for the scaling of the x axis Auto set Scaling Interval Auto set Scaling Interval Description On In this mode the MTC ynm T001 constantly sets the scaling interval of the x axis according to the currently displayed time interval Off In this mode the MTC ynm T001 uses the specified Scaling Interval and Scaling Interval Expo nent parameters for the scaling interval of the x axis In case the specified parameters would lead to overlapping numbers the automatic scaling interval is being used automatically until the speci fied parameters allow a valid scaling again English Release 2012 09 142 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools Use
245. log and via the Manual scale y Axis dialog In case the current background grid configuration is set to manual and the grid lines can not be drawn be cause the grid lines would be too close to each other the background grid automatically switches to automatic distribution of the grid lines The manual settings are used again as soon as the scaling of the MTC Orbit T001 reaches a value which allows using the manual configuration Curve Visualization The data interpolation defines how two successive points of an already rendered data are connected when they are displayed All supported data interpolation modes are defined by the description of the Data Style dialog The data style defines how a data is visualized graphically It contains the parameters for the color strength style of the line as well as the parameters for the color strength style of the mark and the rendering method The styles of each data can be defined at different levels by the user The style of each data can be set at the following levels where the settings of a higher level overwrite the set tings of a lower level top high bottom low e Data Style dialog of the MTC Orbit T001 e default data style of the MTC Orbit T001 English Release 2012 09 201214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Keyboard Operations The following operations can be performed via the keyboard Keyboard Operation Description lt
246. lose Chart closes the MTC yt T001 2 2 5 5 Legend Area The Legend Area displays all of the data which are present within the MTC yt T001 at the moment All of the present data are arranged via legend trees All data which is assigned to a common axis either t or y is shown together within a common legend tree The Legend Area can be switched between the legend trees of the t axes and the legend trees of the y axes so that the user is able to make independent grouping for the t and y axes e The t axis view of the Legend Area shows the currently defined legend trees of data at the present t axes One legend tree is displayed for each defined t axis and all of the data which are present at this t axis at the moment e The y axis view of the Legend Area shows the currently defined legend trees of data at the present y axes One legend tree is displayed for each defined y axis and all of the data which are present at this y axis at the moment The following screenshot shows an example of the Legend Area of a MTC yt T001 English Release 2012 09 ION AnalogInput T001 CHO2 V ne ION AnalogInput T001 CHO1 V ION BinaryInput T001 CHO1 1 Figure 86 Example of the Legend Area of a MTC yt T001 156 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description
247. lt Default Default Default Default Default Default Interpolation Mode N A Restore Defaults Figure 13 Example of a Data Style Dialog of a MTC Orbit T001 English Release 2012 09 40 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 1 12 2 SIPLUS CMS Style Parameters Table The Style Parameters table contains the visualization style parameters of the currently selected data Parameter Description Line Type allows to switch between the available line types Line Color allows to enter the desired line color Line Strength allows to switch between the available line strengths Mark Type allows to switch between the available mark types Mark Color allows to enter the desired mark color Mark Strength allows to switch between the available mark strengths Rendering Mode allows to switch between the available rendering modes Interpolation Mode not applicable Example displays an example curve according to the specified data style A value of Default can be assigned to each style parameter In case Default is being chosen the according value from the Chart Styles dialog is being used for the visualization of the data Rendering Mode The rendering mode can be used in order to configure how the to be displayed value shall be calculated Rendering Mode Description Default This setting keeps the default value for the rendering
248. m charts for example the outputs of the Histogram2D functions in the 3D space within a Monitoring View Editor Multiple editors of this type can be opened and used simultaneously within one Monitoring View Editor and or within multiple Monitoring View Editors The following screenshot shows an example of a MTC ynm T001 Online Data MTC ynm TOO1 1 Online Data with absolute Timestamps HeD 01 Histogram2DForSignal controls are provided by the MTC ynm T001 English 2011 01 13 14 13 05 600 000 000 GMT 01 00 52 ES a E a La I Pei eene Pto gt a a 138 458 Figure 62 Example of a MTC ynm T001 Each control of the MTC ynm T001 has a defined task and provides certain functionalities The following major Curve Area x Axis Area y Axis Area z Axis Area Slider Area Legend Area Toolbar Area Measurement Cursors Measurement Cursors Table Chart Options Dialog Chart Styles Dialog Data Style Dialog Select Style Dialog Manual scale x Axis Dialog Manual scale y Axis Dialog Manual scale z Axis Dialog Manual scale Color Gradient Dialog Release 2012 09 114 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS e Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas 2 2 4 2 Curve Area The Curve Area of the MTC ynm T001 displays a 3 dimensional cuboid which contains the current data and is used in order to visualize data of the function y f n m Via mouse and keyboard operations the user is
249. me Value Time Interval Format Time Interval Value Maximum Time Format Maximum Time Value Rendered Points 1 ION Analoglnput T001 CHO Online Data with absolute Timestamps Time Interval only Test 2011 01 28 18 15 01 640 000 000 s 10 000 Test 2011 01 28 18 15 11 640 000 000 1000 Cancel Figure 114 Example of a Manual scale Renderer Dialog of a MTC yx T001 Renderer Parameters Table The Renderer Parameters table contains the rendering parameters of a currently selected slider Parameter Description Target Slider allows to switch between the available sliders Time Input Mode allows to switch between the available time input modes Minimum Time Format allows to switch between the available input formats for the minimum time Minimum Time Value allows to enter the minimum time of the scaling Time Interval Format allows to switch between the available input formats of the time interval Time Interval Value allows to enter the time interval of the scaling Maximum Time Format allows to switch between the available input formats for the maximum time Maximum Time Value allows to enter the maximum time of the scaling Rendered Points allows to enter the number of points which shall be calculated by the renderer for the current time interval of interest 2 2 6 16 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description OK Closes the dialog and take
250. med via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Toolbar Area opens the context menu for the Toolbar Area The displayed context menu is dependent to the clicked toolbar button as described below Context Menu The following specific context m enu items are provided for the On Off Measurement Cursors button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Measurement Cursors gt sets the visibility of measurement cursors to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Restore Measurement Cursors restores the positions of the measurement cursors so that both of them are visible at the screen again Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yx T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Undo button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Undo undoes the last operation from the undo buffer Undo all undoes all operations from the undo buffer Clear U
251. modules in order to identify a certain MTC Orbit T001 Within the current Monitoring View the Chart Name of each MTC Orbit T001 must be unique Time Domain The following time domains are supported by the Chart Options dialog of the MTC Orbit T001 e Online Data with absolute Timestamps e Offline Data with absolute Timestamps e Offline Data with relative Timestamps The Time Domain cell displays the time domain which is currently being used by all data of the MTC Orbit T001 In case more than one time domain is being used currently the Time Domain cell stays empty When another time domain is being chosen via the Time Domain cell the chosen time domain is applied to all of the data of the MTC Orbit T001 As a result all data use the data with the known name and specified time domain for their visualization In case there is no data with the known name and matching time domain the affected data becomes marked as not present English Release 2012 09 36 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS In case the time domain is being changed the x y axis and the display time can be updated automatically in case the Rescale x Axis after Action Rescale y Axis after Action or Rescale Display Time after Action options are being set to Yes Time Base The chosen time base specifies how the time stamps of each probe which are being stored in GMT internally are being represented by the MTC Orbit
252. mouse move moves all curves within the cuboid into the di rection of the mouse move o lt Shift gt right mouse button down mouse move left up moves all curves within the cuboid to the left in direction of the horizontal axis x right mouse button down mouse move left up behaves like Shift right mouse button down mouse move left lt Shift gt right mouse button down mouse move right down moves all curves within the cuboid to the right in direction of the horizontal axis x right mouse button down mouse move right down behaves like Shift right mouse button down mouse move right Ctrl right mouse button down mouse move left up moves all curves within the cuboid up in the direction of the vertical axis lt y gt right mouse button down mouse move left up behaves like Ctrl right mouse button down mouse move left Ctrl right mouse button down mouse move right down moves all curves within the cuboid down in the direction of the vertical axis lt y gt right mouse button down mouse move right down behaves like Ctrl right mouse button down mouse move right Alt right mouse button down mouse move left up moves all curves within the cuboid to the front in the direction of the depth axis lt z gt right mouse button down mouse move left up behaves like Ctrl right mouse button down
253. n Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Redo Redo all redoes the last operation from the redo buffer redoes all operations from the redo buffer Clear Undo Redo Buffer removes all entries from the undo redo buffer of the MTC Orbit T001 Change Undo Redo Buffer Size opens the Chart Options dialog sets the input focus to the Undo Redo Buffer Size edit control and puts it into editing mode Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Orbit T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Pause Visualization button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Pause Visualization pauses the visualization which stops the automatic update of all data Continue Visualization continues the visualization which continues the automatic update of all data Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Orbit T001 English Release 2012 09 32 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual The f
254. n Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Measurement Cursors gt sets the visibility of measurement cursor to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Restore Measurement Cursors restores the positions of the measurement cursor Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Orbit T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Undo button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Undo undoes the last operation from the undo buffer Undo all undoes all operations from the undo buffer Clear Undo Redo Buffer removes all entries from the undo redo buffer of the MTC Orbit T001 Change Undo Redo Buffer Size opens the Chart Options dialog sets the input focus to the Undo Redo Buffer Size edit control and puts it into editing mode Print Screenshot Save Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Orbit T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Redo butto
255. n a MTC Orbit T001 onto which data can be dropped in order to add the data to the existing MTC Orbit T001 Oo Of Orbit 02 Orbit Orbit 01 Orbit Figure 19 Dropping of Data in order to add it to the existing MTC Orbit T001 English Release 2012 09 46 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 2 MTC Vector2D T001 2 2 2 1 Overview The MTC Vector2D T001 is used in order to visualize create and edit visualizations of two dimensional vectors within a Monitoring View Editor Multiple charts of this type can be opened and used simultaneously within one Monitoring View Editor and or within multiple Monitoring View Editors The following screenshot shows an example of a MTC Vector2D T001 oO 1 Online Data with absolute Timestamps 2012 02 14 16 29 48 400 000 000 GMT 01 00 Vector 1 Vector 2 Vector 3 Vector 4 Vector 5 Vector 6 Figure 20 Example of a MTC Vector2D T001 Each control of the MTC Vector2D T001 has a defined task and provides certain functionalities The following major controls are provided by the MTC Vector2D T001 e Curve Area e x Axis Area e y Axis Area e Slider Area e Legend Area e Toolbar Area e Measurement Cursors e Measurement Cursors Table e Chart Options Dialog e Chart Styles Dialog e Data Style Dialog e Select Style Dialog e Manual scale x Axis Dialog e Manual scale y Axis Dialog e Manual scale Renderer Dialog
256. n for their visualization In case there is no data with the known name and matching time domain the affected data becomes marked as not present In case the time domain of a t axis is being changed the t axis can be updated automatically in case the Re scale t Axis after Action option is being set to Yes English Release 2012 09 164 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System Time Base SIPLUS CMS The chosen time base specifies how the time stamps of each probe which are being stored in GMT internally are being represented by the MTC yt T001 In case online data is being displayed and the option Use the local Time of the Offline Data is being chosen the time base for all online data is taken from the time base setting of the Monitoring View like if Default would have been chosen for the time base of the MTC yt T001 Rescale t Axes after Open The rescale type for the t axes after open can be modified for each t axis independently via the context menu of the t Axes Area in order to overwrite the global setting of the MTC yt T001 Rescale t Axes after Open Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the t axes after open is set to Yes the MTC yt T001 automatically rescales its t axes after the Monitoring View File has been opened so that all values from all data of all t axes become visible No In case the rescale mode for the t axes after open is set to No the MTC yt T001 doe
257. n of this control opens the Select Color dialog for the according row A double click into the Example column of this control opens the Select Style dialog for the according row English Release 2012 09 106 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 3 16 3 Styles of Controls Table The Styles of Controls table contains the styles of the controls of the MTC yn T001 Parameter Description Chart Background displays the currently chosen color for the chart background Background Grid displays the currently chosen style for the background grid Cursor 1 displays the currently chosen color for the first cursor Cursor 2 displays the currently chosen color for the second cursor Zooming Frame displays the currently chosen style for the zooming frame Text of selected Items Active displays the currently chosen color of the text of active selected items Text of selected Items Inactive displays the currently chosen color of the text of inactive selected items Background of selected Items Active displays the currently chosen color of the background of active selected items coo of selected Items Inac displays the currently chosen color of the background of inactive selected items tive A double click into the Color column of any row opens the Select Color dialog for the according row A double click into the Example column of a row which supports different style
258. n onto the Zoom out from x Axis but ton zooms out from the x axis continuously single click onto the Zoom into y Axis button with releasing the button A single click of the left mouse button with releasing the button onto the Zoom into y Axis button zooms into the y axis once single click onto the Zoom into y Axis button with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button onto the Zoom into y Axis button zooms into the y axis continuously single click onto the Zoom out from y Axis button with releasing the button A single click of the left mouse button with releasing the button onto the Zoom out from y Axis button zooms out from the y axis once single click onto the Zoom out from y Axis button with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button onto the Zoom out from y Axis but ton zooms out from the y axis continuously single click onto the Zoom into z Axis button with releasing the button A single click of the left mouse button with releasing the button onto the Zoom into z Axis button zooms into the z axis once single click onto the Zoom into z Axis button with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button onto the Zoom into z Axis button zooms into the z axis continuously single click onto the Zoom out from z Axis button with releasing the button A single click of the left mous
259. n within the X Tools Client which does not accept data In order to drag a data from the legend tree to another area of the MTC yt T001 the desired data has to be dragged from its legend tree to the target area This functionality can be used in order to copy move the data onto another t or y axis or to create a new t or y axis for it The actual operation which is performed depends to the area of the MTC yt T001 where the dragged data is dropped Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show Legend gt sets the visibility of the legend to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Legend Tree Mode gt specifies whether the legend trees shall assort the data with common t axes or with common y axes Show Data Sources specifies whether the legend trees shall display the name of the source server together with the data name or not Create new t Axis creates a new t axis and moves the selected data s onto this new t axis Create new y Axis creates a new y axis and moves the selected data s onto this new y axis Create new t and y Axes creates a new t and a new y axis and moves the selected data s onto these new t and y axes Data Style opens the Data Style dialog for the selected data s Copy Data Style copies the style of the data below the current mouse position Paste Data Style
260. nd tree In case multiple data take part in the current Drag amp Drop operation all of them are added to the end of the target legend tree In order to remove a data from the legend tree with the mouse the desired data has to be dragged to any position within the X Tools Client which does not accept data English Release 2012 09 30 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System Context Menu SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show Legend gt sets the visibility of the legend to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Data Sources gt specifies whether the legend trees shall display the name of the source server together with the data name or not Show Smax gt specifies whether the vector of Smax shall be shown within the Curve Area or not Show Spp gt specifies whether the vector of Spp shall be shown within the Curve Area or not Set Cursor Data assigns the measurement cursor to this orbit data Data Style opens the Data Style dialog for the selected data s Copy Data Style copies the style of the data below the current mouse position Paste Data Style pastes the currently copied data style onto the data below the current mouse position Remove Data removes the selected data s from the MTC Orbit T001 Print Screenshot prints the screen
261. ndo Redo Buffer removes all entries from the undo redo buffer of the MTC yx T001 Change Undo Redo Buffer Size opens the Chart Options dialog sets the input focus to the Undo Redo Buffer Size edit control and puts it into editing mode Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yx T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Redo button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Redo redoes the last operation from the redo buffer Redo all redoes all operations from the redo buffer Clear Undo Redo Buffer removes all entries from the undo redo buffer of the MTC yx T001 Change Undo Redo Buffer Size opens the Chart Options dialog sets the input focus to the Undo Redo Buffer Size edit control and puts it into editing mode Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yx T001 English Release 2012 09 190 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual The following specific context m 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS enu items are provided for the Pause Visualization button Context Men
262. nent N A 3 Minor Scaling Divider None Figure 16 Example of a Manual scale y Axis Dialog of a MTC Orbit T001 2 2 1 15 2 y Axis Parameters Table The y Axis Parameters table contains the parameters of a currently selected y axis Parameter Description Auto scale Axis allows to switch between the available auto scale axis modes Minimum Value allows to enter the minimum value of the scaling Minimum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported minimum value exponents Maximum Value allows to enter the maximum value of the scaling Maximum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported maximum value exponents Auto set Scaling Interval allows to switch between the available modes for the automatic scaling interval Scaling Interval allows to enter the scaling interval Scaling Interval Exponent allows to switch between the supported scaling interval exponents Minor Scaling Divider allows to switch between the available minor scaling dividers Auto scale Axis Auto scale Axis Description On In this mode the MTC Orbit T001 constantly sets the scaling of the y axis so that all available values of the data at the y axis stay visible Off In this mode the MTC Orbit T001 uses the specified Minimum Value and Maximum Value pa rameters for the scaling of the y axis Auto set Scaling Interval Auto set Scaling Interval De
263. neously the new scaling interval is half of the old scaling interval and the center of the zooming is the current mouse position Zoom out zooms out at all t and y axes simultaneously the new scaling interval is the double of the old scaling interval and the center of the zooming is the current mouse position Lock Aspect Ratio gt sets the locking of the aspect ratio to the value which is specified via the submenu of this item Lock Origin gt sets the locking of the origin to the value which is specified via the submenu of this item Manual scale Renderer opens the Manual scale Renderer dialog Chart Options opens the Chart Options dialog Copy Chart Options copies the options of the MTC Orbit T001 below the current mouse position Paste Chart Options pastes the currently copied MTC Orbit T001 options onto the MTC Orbit T001 below the current mouse position Chart Styles opens the Chart Styles dialog Copy Chart Styles copies the styles of the MTC Orbit T001 below the current mouse position Paste Chart Styles pastes the currently copied MTC Orbit T001 styles onto the MTC Orbit T001 below the current mouse position Show Background Grid gt sets the visibility of the background grid to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Legend gt sets the visibility of the Legend Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of t
264. new begin time old time interval e Alt left mouse button down shifts the current time interval to the past 10 of the full available time interval of the slider and determines the next older timestamp from the x axis data of the slider as new begin time of the displayed interval o incase the current begin time of the displayed interval already is the oldest available point in time or older the left step button does not change the currently displayed in terval o incase the newly determined begin time would be before the oldest available point in time the oldest available point in time is being chosen as new begin time o thenew end time of the displayed time interval is being set to new begin time old time interval single click with releasing the button onto the right step button A single click of the left mouse button with releasing the button above the right step button shifts the currently displayed time interval into the future e without additional keys being pressed the next newer timestamp from the x axis data of the slider is being chosen as new end time of the displayed time interval o incase the current end time of the displayed interval already is the newest available point in time or newer the right step button does not change the currently displayed interval o the new begin time of the displayed time interval is being set to new end time old time interval e Alt left mouse button down
265. new data has been dropped into the MTC yn T001 Rescale y Axes after Open allows to choose whether the y axes shall be scaled automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Rescale y Axes after Action allows to choose whether the y axes shall be scaled automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC yn T001 or after a new data has been dropped into the MTC yn T001 Update Display Time after Open allows to choose whether the display time shall be updated automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Update Display Time after Action allows to choose whether the display time shall be updated automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC yn T001 or after a new data has been dropped into the MTC yn T001 Undo Redo Buffer Size allows to enter the total size of undo redo operations which shall be remembered by the MTC yn T001 Data Snapshot Scope allows to choose whether data snapshots shall store only the data from the currnet Monitoring Chart or from the whole Monitoring View Number of Harmonics allows to enter the total number of harmonics which shall be shown by the Monitoring Chart Number of Subharmonics allows to enter the total number of subharmonics which shall be shown by the Monitoring Chart Number of Sidebands allows to enter the total number of sidebands which shall be shown by the Monitoring Chart
266. ng View Editor Dragging of a Monitor ing View Editor Branch into the Monitoring System workspace opens an empty editor of the dragged type After the editor has been opened any of the present files of correct type can be dragged into it for visualization and or editing The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Open opens an empty Monitoring Editor of the chosen type within the Monitoring System workspace New Monitoring View gt opens a Monitoring View Editor of the chosen type within the Monitoring System workspace creates a new Monitoring View and initializes it with default values 2 1 8 Servers Branch The one and only Servers Branch provides all of the X Tools Servers which are connected at the moment The tree of shown X Tools Servers is updated automatically whenever an X Tools Server is attached or detached 2 1 9 Server Branch Each Server Branch represents one of the currently connected X Tools Servers 2 1 10 Files Branch The Files Branch of each connected X Tools Server provides all of the files which are available within the Monitoring System The following specific context menu item is provided Context Menu Item Description Add Location opens the Add Location dialog and adds a new Configuration File location afterwards 2 1 11 File Location Branch Each File Location Branch provides all of the Monitoring System specific files which
267. ng pressed anywhere out side the x Axis Area the currently selected items of the clicked Monitoring Chart are de selected single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a zoom operation The actual zooming is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse button down mouse move right zooms out of the x axis from the x position where the left mouse button has been pressed e left mouse button down mouse move left zooms into the x axis from the x position where the left mouse button has been pressed e Esc cancels the current operation and sets the axes scaling back to the values which they had before the zooming operation had been started double click A double click of the left mouse button onto any x axis opens the Manual scale x Axis dialog for the x axis below the current mouse position Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the x Axis Area opens the context menu for the x Axis Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move right moves the x
268. not be dragged out of the right border of the Slider Area e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without modifying the current point in time Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operation can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Slider Area opens the context menu for the Slider Area Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the Slider Area The actual operation is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down moves the slider button left into the past o incase the current begin time of the displayed interval already is the oldest available point in time or older mouse wheel down does not change the currently displayed interval e mouse wheel up moves the slider button right into the future o incase the current end time of the displayed interval already is the newest available point in time or newer mouse wheel up does not change the currently displayed in terval Drag amp Drop of Data When a data is dropped onto an existing y axis it is added to the currently present data of the MTC Orbit T001 as if the data would have been dropped directly into
269. ntains the capture delay value Trigger Mode Trigger Mode Description Once In this trigger mode the trigger is creating the report only once Thus the Monitoring View is stopped completely after the first report has been created Repeating In this trigger mode the Monitoring View is continuing to trigger after each created report and may create reports infinite times Trigger Data Name The desired trigger data either can be set through Drag amp Drop from the MDS Explorer or through typing of its name by hand Trigger Type Trigger Type Description Threshold In case of this trigger type the trigger is waiting until the specified threshold is reached Interval In case of this trigger type the trigger is waiting until the specified interval is reached Threshold Type Threshold Type Description Rising Edge with Threshold In case of this threshold type the trigger is waiting until a rising edge above the specified thresh old is detected Falling Edge with Threshold In case of this threshold type the trigger is waiting until a falling edge below the specified thresh old is detected Value gt Threshold In case of this threshold type the trigger is waiting until a value which is bigger than the specified threshold is detected Value lt Threshold In case of this threshold type the trigger is waiting until a value which is lower than the specified
270. o set Scaling Interval Auto set Scaling Interval Description On In this mode the MTC Orbit T001 constantly sets the scaling interval of the x axis according to the currently displayed value interval Off In this mode the MTC Orbit T001 uses the specified Scaling Interval and Scaling Interval Expo nent parameters for the scaling interval of the x axis In case the specified parameters would lead to overlapping numbers the automatic scaling interval is being used automatically until the speci fied parameters allow a valid scaling again 2 2 1 14 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 43 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 1 15 2 2 1 15 1 SIPLUS CMS Manual scale y Axis Dialog Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale y Axis dialog Manual scale y Axis y Axis Parameters No Parameter _ Value 1 Auto scale Axis Off 2 Minimum Value 3 794 3 Minimum Value Exponent 0 4 Maximum Value 4 604 5 Maximum Value Exponent 0 6 Auto set Scaling Interval On _ 7 Scaling Interval N 8 Scaling Interval Expo
271. o switch between the supported scaling interval exponents Minor Scaling Divider allows to switch between the available minor scaling dividers Auto scale Axis Auto scale Axis Description On In this mode the MTC yn T001 constantly sets the scaling of the x axis so that all available values of the data at the x axis stay visible Off In this mode the MTC yn T001 uses the specified Minimum Value and Maximum Value parame ters for the scaling of the x axis Auto set Scaling Interval Auto set Scaling Interval Description On In this mode the MTC yn T001 constantly sets the scaling interval of the x axis according to the currently displayed time interval Off In this mode the MTC yn T001 uses the specified Scaling Interval and Scaling Interval Exponent parameters for the scaling interval of the x axis In case the specified parameters would lead to overlapping numbers the automatic scaling interval is being used automatically until the specified parameters allow a valid scaling again 2 2 3 19 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 110 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User
272. o the data which is topmost within the legend this snapping also can assign the measurement data from one 2 dimensional vec tor data to another 2 dimensional vector data e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets the position of the measurement cursor back to the position which it had before the shift operation had been started The values which are displayed by the Measurement Cursors table are updated automatically while the measurement cursor is shifted Assignment of the Measurement Cursor The Measurement Cursor can be assigned to the X0 YO or to the X1 Y1 position of one 2 dimensional vector data After the Measurement Cursor has been assigned to one 2 dimensional vector data either because the Meas urement Cursor has been turned on right now or because the Set Cursor Data entry from the context menu of the Legend Area has been called the Measurement Cursor is placed at the X0 YO or X1 Y1 position of its assigned 2 dimensional vector data In case the Measurement Cursor is being moved by the user it can be placed anywhere within the Curve Area In order to assign it to a Vector2D data again the Set Cursor Data entry from the context menu of the Legend Area can be used The Measurement Cursor also can be assigned to a 2 dimensional vector data by moving of the Measurement Cursor Through the used snapping the Measurement Cursor can be placed either to the X0 YO or to the X1 Y1 position of any 2 dimensional
273. ode the MTC yx T001 constantly sets the scaling of the x axis so that all available values of the data at the x axis stay visible Off In this mode the MTC yx T001 uses the specified Minimum Value and Maximum Value parame ters for the scaling of the x axis Auto set Scaling Interval Auto set Scaling Interval Description On In this mode the MTC yx T001 constantly sets the scaling interval of the x axis according to the currently displayed value interval Off In this mode the MTC yx T001 uses the specified Scaling Interval and Scaling Interval Exponent parameters for the scaling interval of the x axis In case the specified parameters would lead to overlapping numbers the automatic scaling interval is being used automatically until the specified parameters allow a valid scaling again 2 2 6 14 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 202 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 6 15 Manual scale y Axis Dialog 2 2 6 15 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale y Axis dialog Manual scale y Axis y Axis Parameters No Parame
274. odified for each time domain independently via the context menu of the Slider Area in order to overwrite the global setting of the MTC ynm T001 Update Display Time after Action Description Yes In case the update mode for the display time after an action is set to Yes the MTC ynm T001 automatically updates the display time after an external action has modified the displayed data so that the latest available values from all data of each time domain become visible The following actions result in an automatic update of the display time in case this mode is cho sen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC ynm T001 No In case the update mode for the display time after an action is set to No the MTC ynm T001 does not touch the values of its display times after an external action has modified the displayed data and leaves it at the current values English Release 2012 09 137 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 4 11 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all options back to their default settings Set as Standard Sets the current options as standard options for each new MTC ynm T001 The options of already existing MTC ynm T001s are not being changed by this operation OK Closes the dialog and takes over all us
275. ollowing levels where the settings of a higher level overwrite the set tings of a lower level top high bottom low e Data Style dialog of the MTC yt T001 e default data style of the MTC yt T001 English Release 2012 09 147 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Keyboard Operations The following operations can be performed via the keyboard Keyboard Operation Description lt gt zooms into the t and y axes simultaneously lt Shift gt lt gt zooms only into the t axes lt x gt lt gt behaves like lt Shift gt lt gt lt Ctrl gt lt gt zooms only into the y axes lt y gt lt gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt gt lt gt zooms out from the t and y axes simultaneously lt Shift gt lt gt lt x gt lt gt zooms only out from the t axes behaves like lt Shift gt lt gt lt Ctrl gt lt gt zooms only out from the y axes lt y gt lt gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt gt lt F gt fits the scaling of the t and y axes simultaneously lt Shift gt lt F gt fits the scaling only of the t axes lt x gt lt F gt behaves like lt Shift gt lt F gt lt Ctrl gt lt F gt fits the scaling only of the y axes lt y gt lt F gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt F gt lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt undoes the
276. ollowing specific context m 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS enu items are provided for the Continue Visualization button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Pause Visualization pauses the visualization which stops the automatic update of all data Continue Visualization continues the visualization which continues the automatic update of all data Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Orbit T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Store Data Snapshot button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Store Data Snapshot starts the storing of the data which are contained within the MTC Orbit T001 Data Snapshot Scope gt sets the scope for data snapshots to the setting which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Orbit T001 2 2 1 8 Measurement Cursor The Measurement Cursor is represented through one 2 dimension
277. olor gradient is being used for the visualization of the whole bar Bars with Color Gradient When the interpolation mode Bars with Color Gradient is chosen for a data the visualization displays one bar in y direction for each present value The color gradient is applied to each dis played bar so that its color is changing from the bottom to the top Grid When the interpolation mode Grid is chosen for a data the visualization connects all known points of each present data within the 3 dimensional space to a grid One grid is being visualized for each of the data which is present within the MTC ynm T001 Surface When the interpolation mode Surface is chosen for a data the visualization connects all known points of the each present data within the 3 dimensional space to a surface One surface is being visualized for each of the data which is present within the MTC ynm T001 2 2 4 13 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all styles back to their default settings OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the styles within the dialog have been changed 2 2 4 14 Select Style Dialog 2 2 4 14 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Select Style dialog Style Parameters Parameter V
278. on Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button above the 1 Harmonic Center Frequency or a sideband with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse button down mouse move shifts the 1 Harmonic Center Frequency or sideband horizontally to the new mouse position o whenever the position of the 1 Harmonic is changed the position of all harmonics and subharmonics is updated automatically o whenever the Center Frequency is changed the position of all sidebands is updated automatically o whenever a sideband is changed the position of all other sidebands is updated auto matically e incase lt Alt gt is pressed while the shifting is performed the shifted cursor snaps to the ex act x position of close values The values which are displayed by the Advanced Cursors table are updated automatically while the shifting is performed Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button above the 1 Harmonic Center Frequency or a sideband with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e incase the mouse cursor is above the 1 Harmonic or above the Center Frequency r
279. on The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button above the small rectangle at the top of the Main Frequency Marker starts a shift operation The actual shifting of the Main Frequency Marker is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse button down mouse move shifts the Main Frequency Marker horizontally to the new mouse position o whenever the position of the Main Frequency Marker is changed the position of all de rived Frequency Markers is updated automatically e incase Alt is pressed while the shifting is performed the Main Frequency Marker snaps to the exact x position of close values The values which are displayed by the Frequency Markers table are updated automatically while the shifting is performed dropping of data In case a data is dropped onto the vertical line of the Main Frequency Marker the dropped data is linked to the Main Frequency Marker see point 2 2 3 11 5 Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting of the measurement cursors is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mo
280. on and x axis data x axis position Center Cursor 2 gt sets the automatic centering of cursor 2 to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item the center point is calculated by the arithmetic average of the according y axis data y axis position and x axis data x axis position Remove Data removes the selected data s from the MTC yx T001 Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yx T001 2 2 6 7 Toolbar Area The Toolbar Area displays the buttons which are provided for fast access to frequently used functionalities The following screenshot shows an example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC yx T001 Poli ak P Ja a Figure 105 Example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC yx T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click onto the On Off Meas urement Cursors button A single click of the left mouse button onto the On Off Measurement Cursors button toggles the measurement cursors between on and off single click onto the Undo button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Undo button undoes the last operation from the undo buffer single click onto the Redo button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Redo button redoes the
281. on which continues the automatic update of all data of the according time domain Update Display Time after Open gt sets the update type of the display time after opening of the Monitoring View File to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Update Display Time after Action gt sets the update type of the display time after an action to the type which is specified via the sub menu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yn T001 2 2 3 6 Legend Area The Legend Area displays all of the data which are present within the MTC yn T001 at the moment All of the present data are arranged via legend trees All data which is assigned to a common axis either x or y is shown together within a common legend tree The Legend Area can be switched between the legend trees of the x axes and the legend trees of the y axes so that the user is able to make independent grouping for the x and y axes e The x axis view of the Legend Area shows the currently defined legend trees of data at the present x axes One legend tree is displayed for each defined x axis and all of the data which are present at this x axis at the moment e The y axis view of the Legend Area shows the currently defined legend trees of data at the present y axes One legend tree is displayed for each defined y
282. onitoring System items Via Drag amp Drop the user is able to move items within the MTS Explorer and from the MTS Explorer to other dialogs of the Monitoring System The following lines provide a short overview about the information that is available from the MTS Explorer The following screenshot shows an example of a MTS Explorer MTS Explorer B Main BoA Editors B t Monitoring Charts MTC Orbit T001 MTC Vector2D T001 MTC yn T001 MTC ynm T001 MTC yt T001 MTC yx T001 ty Monitoring View Editors BSa Servers S A YOURSERVER B Files amp E Default Location gy Monitoring View Files 5 14 Example Location B S Monitoring View Files Measurement T asks 3 Tutorial E Example for a CTN WatchGuard T001 5 Example for a MTC Orbit T001 E Example for a MTC Vector2D T001 5 Example for a MTC yn T001 5 Example for a MTC ynm TOOT 5 Example for a MTC yt T001 ES Example for a MTC yx TOO1 5 Example for an Automatic Report 5 Example for an IFN ANALOGINPUT 5 Example for an IFN VIB ACC E Example for an ION Analoglnput T001 5 Example for an ION Binarylnput T001 5 Example for an ION PROFIBUS DP Spy T001 B Example for an ION SIMATIC 57 PN 5 Example for an ION SIMATIC 57 300 T001 B Example for an ION SIMATIC 57 400 T001 5 Example for an ION SIMATIC TDC T001 B Example for an ION SIMOTION T001 B Example for an ION VIB amp T001 ES Example for an ION VIB D T001 5 Example for ConvI16ToB 5 Example for Spectrum Envelo
283. ools U ser Manual 05 Monitoring System It is opened within the Cursor Area of the parent Monitoring View Editor of the MTC yn T001 SIPLUS CMS Column Description No contains the row number Chart contains the name of the chart from which the data comes Data contains the name of the data Unit contains the unit of the data x1 contains the x value of the data at the x position of cursor 1 Y1 contains the y value of the data at the y position of cursor 1 X2 contains the x value of the data at the x position of cursor 2 Y2 contains the y value of the data at the y position of cursor 2 X2 X1 contains the difference in between X2 and X1 Y2 Y1 contains the difference in between Y2 and Y1 The contents of the Measurement Cursors table can be copied to the clipboard of Windows From there they can be inserted into any other compatible application 2 2 3 13 Advanced Cursors Table The Advanced Cursors table contains the values of all Advanced Cursors of all MTC yn T001s which are pre sent within the parent Monitoring View Editor The following screenshot shows an example for the Advanced Cursors table for a MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 Figure 51 Example of an Advanced Cursors table of a MTC yn T001 Advanced Cursors MTC yn T001 a No Chart Daa Unit Advanced Cursor Xe Ref Y YIRef SH Harmonics 01 Monitoring Chart 01 134053 60 016 0 0
284. operation The actual zooming is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse button down mouse move down zooms out of the y axis from the y position where the left mouse button has been pressed e left mouse button down mouse move up zooms into the y axis from the y position where the left mouse button has been pressed e Esc cancels the current operation and sets the axes scaling back to the values which they had before the zooming operation had been started double click A double click of the left mouse button onto any y axis opens the Manual scale y Axis dialog for the y axis below the current mouse position English Release 2012 09 182 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the y Axis Area opens the context menu for the y Axis Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move down moves the y axis down e right mouse button down mouse move up moves the y axis up e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and
285. operation is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down moves the y axis up e mouse wheel up moves the y axis down e Ctrl mouse wheel down zooms out of the y axis from the current y position of the mouse cursor e Ctrl mouse wheel up zooms into the y axis from the current y position of the mouse cursor Shifting of the y Axis Area is possible only in case the origin is not locked Drag amp Drop of Data When a data is dropped onto an existing y axis it is added to the currently present data of the MTC Vector2D T001 as if the data would have been dropped directly into the Curve Area see point 2 2 1 2 Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show y Axis gt sets the visibility of the y Axis Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Auto scale Axis gt sets whether the y axis shall automatically adopt its scaling so that always the complete values of its contained data are visible Fit to Axis sets the scaling of the y axis so that the complete values of its contained data are visible Lock Aspect Ratio gt sets the locking of the aspect ratio to the value which is specified via the submenu of this item Manual scale Renderer opens the Manual scale Renderer dialog Manual scale y Axis opens the Manual scale y Axis dialog Copy y Axis Scaling
286. operation had been started The shifting of the legend texts is enabled only in case not all of the available legend texts fit into the currently available vertical space Drag amp Drop of Data During all Drag amp Drop of data into the Legend Area the following rules apply In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC ynm T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC ynm T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC ynm T001 Shift can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC ynm T001 Ctrl can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move In order to add a data as root of a certain legend tree the desired data has to be dropped above the cur rent root data of the target legend tree In case multiple data take part in the current Drag amp Drop opera tion the first of them becomes the new root of the target legend tree and all others are listed directly be low it In order to add a data in between two present data of the l
287. ore Defaults Sets all styles back to their default settings OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the styles within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 41 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 1 13 Select Style Dialog 2 2 1 13 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Select Style dialog r 1 Line Type 2 Line Color 3 Line Strength 4 Mark Type 5 Mark Color amp Mark Strength Thin Rendering Mode Average Value 8 Interpolation Mode N Restore Defaults Cancel Figure 14 Example of a Select Style Dialog of a MTC Orbit T001 The functionality of the Select Style dialog matches the functionality of the Data Style dialog see point 2 2 6 12 2 2 1 14 Manual scale x Axis Dialog 2 2 1 14 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale x Axis dialog English x Axis Parameters No P Auto scale Axis 2 Minimum Value Minimum Value Exponent r 0 4 Maximum Value 18 302 5 Maximum Value Exponent 0 6 Auto set Scaling Interval On 7 Scaling Interval N 8 Scaling Interval Exponent N A 9 Minor Scaling Divider None Cancel
288. ored in different Monitoring View directories Dragging of a Monitoring View into the Monitoring System workspace opens the Monitoring View Editor for the dragged Monitoring View In case a Monitoring View Directory Branch or any of its sub branches contains a suspended Monitoring View the icon of the Monitoring View Directory Branch shows an according overlay When there is no suspended English Release 2012 09 17 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Monitoring View but there is at least one started Monitoring View the icon of the Monitoring View Directory Branch shows an according overlay also The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item New Monitoring View gt Description opens a Monitoring View Editor of the chosen type within the Monitoring System workspace creates a new Monitoring View and initializes it with default values Edit opens a new Monitoring View Editor for the chosen file within the Monitoring System work space Cut cuts the currently selected items Copy copies the currently selected items Paste pastes currently copied cut items Delete deletes the selected items from the disk Rename allows to rename the selected item directly within the MTS Explorer New Directory opens the Add Directory dialog and creates a new directory afterwards Start starts the currently selected items Restar
289. oring Chart sess 145 Dropping of Data in order to add it to the existing MTC ynm TOO sss 145 Example oa MTG yt T001 iiio o i ro decies rar 146 Release 2012 09 11 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Figure 83 Figure 84 Figure 85 Figure 86 Figure 87 Figure 88 Figure 89 Figure 90 Figure 91 Figure 92 Figure 93 Figure 94 Figure 95 Figure 96 Figure 97 Figure 98 Figure 99 Figure 100 Figure 101 Figure 102 Figure 103 Figure 104 Figure 105 Figure 106 Example of the Curve Area of a MTC yt T001 ssssssssssssse emm emen 147 Example of the t Axes Area of a MTC yt T001 sssssssssssssseeee emen 151 Example of the y Axes Area of a MTC yt T001 ssssssssssssseeeee emen 153 Example of the Legend Area of a MTC yt T001 sss emm een 156 Example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC yt T001 ssssssssssssssseee emen 159 Example of the Measurement Cursors of a MTC yt T001 eese 161 Example of a Measurement Cursors table of a MTC yt T001 sss 162 Example of a Chart Options Dialog of a MTC yt T0014 mem 163 Example of a Chart Styles Dialog of a MTC yt T001 ssssssssssseem emm 167 Example of a Data Style Dialog of a MTC yt T001 sssssssssssssee mme 168 Example of a Select Style Dialog of a MTC yt T0041 emm 170 Example of a Manual scale t Axis
290. oring Chart is found together with the description of each Monitoring Chart 2 3 3 8 Menu Bar The standard Menu Bar is being used by the MVE Standard T001 see point 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 9 Dropping of Items Dropped Item Description Monitoring View File Branches of type opens the dropped Monitoring View MVF Standard T001 Monitoring Chart Branches adds the dropped Monitoring Chart to the Action Area of the MVE Standard T001 Offline Data Branches opens a new Monitoring Chart of matching type for the dropped offline data Online Data Branches opens a new Monitoring Chart of matching type for the dropped online data English Release 2012 09 213 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 3 Contact Information Address Siemens AG IA CE SE Wuerzburger Strasse 121 90766 Fuerth Germany Internet http www siemens com siplus cms English Release 2012 09 SIPLUS CMS 214 214
291. oring System SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu items are provided for the Store Data Snapshot button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Store Data Snapshot starts the storing of the data which are contained within the MTC yt T001 Data Snapshot Scope gt sets the scope for data snapshots to the setting which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yt T001 2 2 5 7 Measurement Cursors The Measurement Cursors are represented through two vertical lines The Measurement Cursors can be shifted independently in horizontal direction The following screenshot shows an example of the Measurement Cursors of a MTC yt T001 il Of ION AnalogInput T001 CHO2 V Wm YUR NAN ION AnalogInput T001 CHO1 V ION BinaryInput TOO1 CHO1 1 2 000 02 500 03 000 03 500 04 800 4 J4 500 05 000 05 500 06 000 06 5 2011 de 13 17 02 01 531 ss mmm 2011 01 13 17 02 06 531 i x GMT 01 00 01 57 01 58 01 59 02 00 02 01 02 02 02 03 02 04 02 06 2011 01 13 17 01 56 mm ss G2 2011 01 13 17 02 06 E ES GMT 01 00 Figure 88 Example of the Measurement Cursors of a MTC yt T001 Automatic Scrolling The scrolling of the Measurement Cursors can be set to
292. ormed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC Orbit T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC Orbit T001 Shift can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC Orbit T001 Ctrl can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move In order to add a data as root of a certain legend tree the desired data has to be dropped above the cur rent root data of the target legend tree In case multiple data take part in the current Drag amp Drop opera tion the first of them becomes the new root of the target legend tree and all others are listed directly be low it In order to add a data in between two present data of the legend tree the desired data has to be dropped in between the two desired data of the target legend tree In case multiple data take part in the current Drag amp Drop operation all of them are inserted in between the two desired data of the target legend tree In order to add a data at the end of a certain legend tree the desired data has to be dropped below the last data of the target lege
293. ot Create new x Axis creates a new x axis and moves the selected data s onto this new x axis Create new y Axis creates a new y axis and moves the selected data s onto this new y axis Create new x and y Axes creates a new x and a new y axis and moves the selected data s onto these new x and y axes Data Style opens the Data Style dialog for the selected data s Copy Data Style copies the style of the data below the current mouse position Paste Data Style pastes the currently copied data style onto the data below the current mouse position Remove Data removes the selected data s from the MTC yn T001 Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 89 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 3 7 SIPLUS CMS Toolbar Area The Toolbar Area displays the buttons which are provided for fast access to frequently used functionalities The following screenshot shows an example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC yn T001 Ferik coll Fev loote So gt i a Figure 44 Example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC yn T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click onto the On Off Meas
294. ouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button In case the current mouse position is above the point of intersection of a measurement cursor a single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts to move the below measure ment cursor In case the current mouse position is not above the point of intersection of a measurement cursor a single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a rotate operation The actual rotation is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse button down mouse move rotates the cuboid into the direction of the mouse move e Esc cancels the current operation and sets the orientation of the cuboid back to the ori entation which it had before the rotation had been started English Release 2012 09 116 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Curve Area opens the context menu for the Curve Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down
295. p ends the Drag amp Drop operation and adds the dragged data s to the legend In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC Orbit T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC Orbit T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC Orbit T001 Shift can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC Orbit T001 Ctrl can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move English Release 2012 09 221214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Fit to Chart sets the scaling of all t and y axes so that the complete values of all data within the MTC Orbit T001 become visible Fit to Charts sets the scaling of all Monitoring Charts within the parent Monitoring View Editor so that the complete values of all data within all Monitoring Charts become visible Zoom in zooms in at all t and y axes simulta
296. pen a new Monitoring Chart 75 Figure 37 Dropping of Data in order to add it to the existing MTC Vector2D T001 ssseessssss 75 Figure 38 Example of a MTC yn T001 sssssssssssessseeene nn rca enne enne enne ener nennen nnne nns 76 Figure 39 Example of the Curve Area of a MTC yn TOO sssssssssssse eene 77 Figure 40 Example of the x Axes Area of a MTC yn T001 ssssssssssssseee eene 81 English Release 2012 09 10 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Figure 41 Figure 42 Figure 43 Figure 44 Figure 45 Figure 46 Figure 47 Figure 48 Figure 49 Figure 50 Figure 51 Figure 52 Figure 53 Figure 54 Figure 55 Figure 56 Figure 57 Figure 58 Figure 59 Figure 60 Figure 61 Figure 62 Figure 63 Figure 64 Figure 65 Figure 66 Figure 67 Figure 68 Figure 69 Figure 70 Figure 71 Figure 72 Figure 73 Figure 74 Figure 75 Figure 76 Figure 77 Figure 78 Figure 79 Figure 80 Figure 81 Figure 82 English Example of the y Axes Area of a MTC yn T001 sssssssssssssseeemeneemeneneenn 83 Example of the Slider Area of a MTC yn T001 ssssssssssssseeeem eem 85 Example of the Legend Area of a MTC yn T001 ssssssssssssseeee eee 87 Example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC yn T001 ssssssssssssseeeeeeneemen 90 Example of the Measurement Cursors of a MTC yn T001
297. peration and sets all axes scaling back to the values which they had before the shift operation had been started Shifting of the Curve Area is possible only in case the origin is not locked Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the Curve Area The actual operation is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down zooms out of the current mouse position of the x and y axis simulta neously e mouse wheel up zooms into the current mouse position of the x and y axis simultane ously e Shift mouse wheel down moves all curves within the Curve Area to the left o Xx mouse wheel down behaves like Shift mouse wheel down e Shift mouse wheel up moves all curves within the Curve Area to the right o x mouse wheel up behaves like Shift mouse wheel up e lt Ctrl gt mouse wheel down moves all curves within the Curve Area up o lt y gt mouse wheel down behaves like Ctrl mouse wheel down e Ctrl mouse wheel up moves all curves within the Curve Area down o lt y gt mouse wheel up behaves like Ctrl mouse wheel up Drag amp Drop of Data When a time series data is dropped into the Curve Area it is added to the currently present data of the MTC Orbit T001 left mouse button u
298. pes 5 3 Example for the Alarm Band Monitoring h E Example for the Input via TCP amp 5 Example for the Order Analysis amp Libraries E ge g g E ge g g E ge g g g ge g g E ge g g 8 8 8 Figure 1 Example of a MTS Explorer English Release 2012 09 15 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Each branch of the MTS Explorer has a defined task and provides certain functionalities The following major branches are provided by the MTS Explorer e Main Branch e Editors Branch e Monitoring Charts Branch e Monitoring Chart Branch e Monitoring View Editors Branch e Monitoring View Editor Branch e Servers Branch e Server Branch e Files Branch e File Location Branch e Monitoring View Files Branch e Libraries Branch e Monitoring Process Modules Branch e Monitoring Process Module Branch 2 1 2 Main Branch The one and only Main Branch provides all of the other items of the MTS Explorer It can be expanded and collapsed in order to show or hide its sub items 2 1 3 Editors Branch The one and only Editors Branch provides all of the editors which are available within the Monitoring System 2 1 4 Monitoring Charts Branch The one and only Monitoring Charts Branch provides all of the Monitoring Charts which are available within the Monitoring System The tree of shown Monitoring Charts is updated automatically whenever a chart file at the local disk is added removed
299. ple of the Slider Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 Time Domains Within the Slider Area there is one slider being available for each of the possible time domains Each slider is being displayed only in case its according time domain is actually being used within the current MTC yn T001 Naming of Sliders Each slider displays its name at its left bottom corner The name of each slider contains the following compo nents e number of the slider e name of the used time domain Available Times The left border of each slider always displays and represents the oldest time of all of the data of its time domain The right border of each slider always displays and represents the newest time of all of the data of its time do main In case the visualization of online data is running not paused the left and right borders of the affected slider button are constantly updated so that they represent the currently available time interval of their time axis Displayed Times Below the right border of each slider the current time of the slider button is being displayed In case the visualization of online data is running not paused the displayed current time is constantly updated English Release 2012 09 56 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with relea
300. pshot starts the storing of the data which are contained within the MTC yx T001 Data Snapshot Scope gt sets the scope for data snapshots to the setting which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yx T001 English Release 2012 09 191 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 6 8 Measurement Cursors The Measurement Cursors are represented through two 2 dimensional crosses where the cross is placed ex actly at the point of intersection of both dimensions and moves into all four directions from there until it reaches the borders of the Curve Area The Measurement Cursors can be shifted independently in horizontal and verti cal direction The following screenshot shows an example of the Measurement Cursors of a MTC yx T001 1 ION AnalogInput T001 CHO Online Data with absolute Timestamps 2011 01 28 18 12 46 780 000 000 GMT 01 00 011 01 28 18 12 46 923 000 000 GMT 01 00 2 ION AnalogInput T001 CHO2 Online Data wit solute Timestamps ION AnalogInput TOO1 CHO V L ION AnalogInput T001 CHO3 V ION AnalogInput T001 CHO2 V erg gud ane ad 5 MN T ES AS M os A E h Figure 106 Example of the Measurement Cursors of a MTC yx T001 Operations via the Left Mouse
301. r e incase the mouse is moved to the right the currently displayed time interval the begin and the end times together is shifted into the future o the right border of the slider button can not be dragged out of the right border of the slider e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without modifying the displayed oldest and newest times double click onto the slider button A double click of the left mouse button onto the slider button sets the left border of the slider but ton to the oldest possible time and the right border of the slider button to the newest possible time English Release 2012 09 124 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operation can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Slider Area opens the context menu for the Slider Area single click with keeping the button onto the left border of the slider button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button down onto the left border of the slider button allows to modify the oldest displayed time e inthis case the behavior is the same as if the left mouse button would have been pressed onto the left border of the slider button single click with keeping the button onto the
302. r Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 4 15 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed 2 2 4 16 Manual scale y Axis Dialog 2 2 4 16 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale y Axis dialog Figure 77 Example of a Manual scale y Axis Dialog of a MTC ynm T001 The functionality of the Manual scale y Axis dialog matches the functionality of the Manual scale x Axis dialog see point 2 2 4 15 2 2 4 17 Manual scale z Axis Dialog 2 2 4 17 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale z Axis dialog Figure 78 Example of a Manual scale z Axis Dialog of a MTC ynm T001 The functionality of the Manual scale z Axis dialog matches the functionality of the Manual scale x Axis dialog see point 2 2 4 15 English Release 2012 09 143 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 4 18 Manual scale Color Gradient Dialog 2 2 4 18 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale Color Gradient dialog 1 Auto scale Color Gradient On 2 Minimum Value 3 Minimum Value Exponent N A
303. r Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 3 11 4 Linking of Cursors Markers Cursors can be linked to cursors markers in order to receive advanced measurement capabilities While a cur sor is linked to a cursor marker moving of one of them automatically moves the other one also In addition turn ing on off of a linked cursor marker automatically also turns on off its currently linked cursor marker The following items can be linked e Measurement Cursor 1 and Measurement Cursor 2 can be linked to o the 1 Harmonic cursor o the Center Frequency cursor o any of the harmonics and subharmonics of the 1 Harmonic cursor o any of the sidebands of the Center Frequency cursor o any of the frequency markers o any of the harmonics of the frequency markers e the 1 Harmonic cursor and the Center Frequency cursor can be linked to o any of the frequency markers o any of the harmonics of the frequency markers In order to link a cursor to another cursor marker the cursor must be snapped to this other cursor marker with lt Alt gt being hold down while the cursor is shifted While a cursor is linked to another cursor marker an accord ing icon is displayed at the top of the vertical line In order to break the link between a cursor and its currently linked cursor marker the icon must be clicked 2 2 3 11 5 Linking of Data to the Main Frequency Marker In order to link a data to the Main Frequency Marker the data must be dropped onto the vert
304. r ir 45 Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas ooonccconnonccccnnoncccnononcncnnnoncnnnnnnnnnncnn nn mener nennen nennen 46 MIG Vector2D TOOT 5 nit t tte Mt ee edo d dcn te dod vede 47 OVEIVICW iit conem een e eet 47 USED 48 OVI A EN 52 NA ed eec ag He te i lag HH Hed uet ed dere de et ed Pp eee ie e de ele PUMA 54 Slider ATO didt A AS ect beds 56 Legend Area sd neo fb fait dus 58 Toolbar Area eta ea te Cav tton re ee TERES 60 Measurement Curso ii euii cd dd eia eid eei cht edd de eid ta dd kd dde 62 Measurement Cursors Table ete edente en idend eed deed daa ance 64 Chart Options Dialog eee ee ease Akad 65 OVER VIG Wii 65 Chart Options l able tte ai ib E Ael eR Laer biie LORI Andi eei bud 66 Menu Bar ote pedet e o Aa eel dee Dos 68 Charttlyles Dialogi 3 2 5 mdr dne b Rte eno Et MR RII UP ROS 69 OVGIrVIe Ws nitidis df t d tate is fimt e e noces 69 Default Styles of Data Table mmn 69 Styles of Controls Table nite eget ege ean ap ee eiue 70 Menu Bal spetta meinte Es 70 Data Style Dialog 3 ntt i ee dire te enti dei dieere te Ha ib nee ted ee ee 70 OVGEVIQW eit ipii tact uetus bl Du alc urb qa te bl De Por abl ete Aro S EREE 70 41214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 2 12 2 Style Parameters Table 2 5220 eti beo Beim niin dis 71 2 2 2 12 3 Menu Barri bd peo dee tec 71 2 2 2 13 Select Style Dialog inicio ne dame aep dea RET pe nds 71 2 2 2 13 1 eru
305. r the y axes after an action can be modified for each y axis independently via the context menu of the y Axes Area in order to overwrite the global setting of the MTC yn T001 Rescale y Axes after Action Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the y axes after an action is set to Yes the MTC yn T001 auto matically rescales the y axes after an external action has modified the displayed data e g when another part of the offline data has been loaded so that all values from all data of the affected y axes become visible The following actions result in an automatic rescale of the y axes in case this mode is chosen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC yn T001 No In case the rescale mode for the y axes after an action is set to No the MTC yn T001 does not touch the scaling of its y axes after an external action has modified the displayed data and leaves it at the current values Update Display Time after Open The update type for the display time after open can be modified for each time domain independently via the context menu of the Slider Area in order to overwrite the global setting of the MTC yn T001 Update Display Time after Open Description Yes In case the update mode for the display time after open is set to Yes the MTC yn T001 auto matically updates its display time after the Monitor
306. rc 39 English Release 2012 09 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 1 11 3 2 2 1 11 4 2 2 1 12 2 2 1 12 1 2 2 1 12 2 2 2 1 12 3 2 2 1 13 2 2 1 13 1 2 2 1 14 2 2 1 14 1 2 2 1 14 2 2 2 1 14 3 2 2 1 15 2 2 1 15 1 2 2 1 15 2 2 2 1 15 3 2 2 1 16 2 2 1 16 1 2 2 1 16 2 2 2 1 16 3 2 2 1 17 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 5 2 2 2 6 2 2 2 7 2 2 2 8 2 2 2 9 2 2 2 10 2 2 2 10 1 2 2 2 10 2 2 2 2 10 3 2 2 2 11 2 2 2 11 1 2 2 2 11 2 2 2 2 11 3 2 2 2 11 4 2 2 2 12 2 2 2 12 1 English Release 2012 09 Styles of Controls Table ceci ette ite ep Beute ette RUD n ERR ae 40 Menu Bal te ddp ddr 40 Data Style Dialog ninm OR eR RR TS 40 rcu 40 Style Parameters Table tee eee eme MR RETE 41 Marie c 41 DESC SEVIS Dialogo Oi 42 O edes et e ele de ee de ee e E eet ide ee d ete e eee de hi ates Dee 42 Manual scale x Axis Dialog sse nennen enne 42 UM IIT 42 x Axis Parameters Table ci ta e P DR gd ERR MR Pre dct E etd 43 Menu Bar itid ad A 43 Manual scale y Axis Dial09 ooooooccononcccconocccccononcccnononnncnnnnnncncnn nn nc nc nano nn cn nnne nennen 44 eI E 44 y Axis Parameters Table taa 44 MentiDBa oidos 45 Manual scale Renderer Dialog cooooocccconnncccnnnocccccononcccnononccnnn nan c cc nono nncn cnn nncn naar dada naar nncnins 45 OVOLVIO Wm i rastro A iio asii lso 45 Renderer Parameters Table ica Aa 45 Menu Bar dada i
307. reenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC ynm T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Store Data Snapshot button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Store Data Snapshot starts the storing of the data which are contained within the MTC ynm T001 Data Snapshot Scope gt sets the scope for data snapshots to the setting which is specified via the submenu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC ynm T001 English Release 2012 09 132 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 4 9 Measurement Cursors The Measurement Cursors are represented through two 3 dimensional crosses where the cross is placed ex actly at the point of intersection of all three dimensions and moves into all six directions from there until it reaches the borders of the cuboid At all six ends of each cursor the name of the cursor 1 or 2 is being displayed The Measurement Cursors can be shifted independently in all three dimensions of the cuboid The following screenshot shows an e
308. rent Drag amp Drop operation all of them are inserted in between the two desired data of the target legend tree e n order to add a data at the end of a certain legend tree the desired data has to be dropped below the last data of the target legend tree In case multiple data take part in the current Drag amp Drop operation all of them are added to the end of the target legend tree e In order to remove a data from the legend tree with the mouse the desired data has to be dragged to any position within the X Tools Client which does not accept data In order to drag a data from the legend tree to another area of the MTC yn T001 the desired data has to be dragged from its legend tree to the target area This functionality can be used in order to copy move the data onto another x or y axis or to create a new x or y axis for it The actual operation which is performed depends to the area of the MTC yn T001 where the dragged data is dropped Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show Legend gt sets the visibility of the legend to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Legend Tree Mode gt specifies whether the legend trees shall assort the data with common x axes or with common y axes Show Data Sources gt specifies whether the legend trees shall display the name of the source server together with the data name or n
309. rs The actual zooming is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse button down mouse move down zooms out of the y axis from the y position where the left mouse button has been pressed e left mouse button down mouse move up zooms into the y axis from the y position where the left mouse button has been pressed e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets the axes scaling back to the values which they had before the zooming operation had been started double click A double click of the left mouse button onto any y axis opens the Manual scale y Axis dialog for the y axis below the current mouse position Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the y Axes Area opens the context menu for the y Axes Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move down moves the y axis down e right mouse button down mouse move up moves the y axis up e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets all axes scaling back to the values which they had before the shift operation had been started Operations
310. rt 2 contains the t axes groups G1 and G2 o Monitoring Chart 3 contains the t axes groups G2 and G3 o when the cursor is being moved within Monitoring Chart 1 the cursors within Moni toring Chart 2 are being moved automatically the position of the moved cursor within Monitoring Chart 2 is synchronized via G1 thus the cursor within Monitoring Chart 2 is being moved to the same position in time at G1 as the user has moved the cursor within Monitoring Chart 1 o the cursors within Monitoring Chart 3 are not being touched by this moving because Monitoring Chart 3 does not have any common t axis with Monitoring Chart 1 e example 2 o the same Monitoring Chart and groups like in example 1 are present o the user turns on the cursors within Monitoring Chart 1 which turns the cursors on automatically in Monitoring Chart 2 but not in Monitoring Chart 3 o afterwards the user turns on the cursors within Monitoring Chart 3 which again turns on the cursors within Monitoring Chart 2 it does not turn them off there o ifthe user finally would turn off the cursors within Monitoring Chart 2 the cursors automatically also turn off in Monitoring Chart 1 and Monitoring Chart 3 e the following Monitoring Charts are compatible to this setting o MTC yt T001 No In case this parameter is set to No the cursors can be moved and turned on off within each Monitoring Chart separately Moving or turning on off of the cursors is not being propagated to other Monitoring
311. rted outside the MTC ynm T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC ynm T001 lt Shift gt can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC ynm T001 Ctrl can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move English Release 2012 09 125 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System Context Menu SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show Slider gt sets the visibility of the Slider Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Pause Visualization pauses the visualization which pauses the automatic time shift of the according time domain Continue Visualization continues the visualization which continues the automatic update of all data of the according time domain Update Display Time after Open gt sets the update type of the display time after opening of the Monitoring View File to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Update Display Time after Action gt sets the update type of the display time after an action to the type which is specified via the
312. s opens the Manual scale y Axis dialog Copy y Axis Scaling copies the scaling of the y axis Paste y Axis Scaling pastes the currently copied y axis scaling onto the y axis Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC ynm T001 English Release 2012 09 129 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System The following specific context m SIPLUS CMS enu items are provided for the Zoom out from y Axis button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Auto scale Axis gt sets whether the y axis shall automatically adopt its scaling so that always the complete values of the contained data are visible Fit to Axis sets the scaling of the y axis so that the complete values of the contained data are visible Manual scale y Axis opens the Manual scale y Axis dialog Copy y Axis Scaling copies the scaling of the y axis Paste y Axis Scaling pastes the currently copied y axis scaling onto the y axis Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC ynm T001 The following specific cont
313. s Area of a MTC yx T001 14 Figure 102 Example of the y Axis Area of a MTC yx T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button Single and multiple y axis can be selected deselected through a left mouse button click e left mouse button down above any y axis selects the below y axis e Ctrl left mouse button down is used in order to select deselect y axis after y axis e lt Shift gt left mouse button down is used in order to select deselect all y axis from the last selected to the y axis below the current mouse position o incase there is no y axis selected at the moment only the below y axis is selected e multiple y axis can be selected deselected after each other through combinations of the above methods e incase there is a selection of items already and the user clicks onto any y axis which is not selected currently without pressing the Shift or Ctrl keys the currently selected items of the clicked Monitoring Chart are deselected and the clicked y axis becomes selected instead e in case the left mouse button or the right mouse button is being pressed anywhere out side the y Axis Area the currently selected items of the clicked Monitoring Chart are de selected single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a zoom
314. s and represents the oldest time which is available for its data The right border of each slider always displays and represents the newest time which is available for its data In case the visualization of online data is running not paused the left and right borders of the affected slider are constantly updated so that they represent the currently available time interval of their data Displayed Times Below the right border of each slider the current time of the slider button is being displayed In case the visualization of online data is running not paused the displayed current time is constantly updated English Release 2012 09 271214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button onto the left step button A single click of the left mouse button with releasing the button above the left step button shifts the currently displayed point in time into the past e the next older timestamp from the data at the time domain of the slider is being chosen as new current point in time o incase the current point in time already is the oldest available point in time the left step button does not change the current point in time any more single click with releasing the button onto the right step button A single click of t
315. s not touch the scaling of its t axes after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored values from the Monitoring View File Rescale t Axes after Action The rescale type for the t axes after an action can be modified for each t axis independently via the context menu of the t Axes Area in order to overwrite the global setting of the MTC yt T001 Rescale t Axes after Action Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the t axes after an action is set to Yes the MTC yt T001 automati cally rescales its t axes after an external action has modified the displayed data so that all values from all data of the affected t axes become visible The following actions result in an automatic rescale of the t axes in case this mode is chosen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC yt T001 No In case the rescale mode for the t axes after an action is set to No the MTC yt T001 does not touch the scaling of its t axes after an external action has modified the displayed data and leaves it at the current values Rescale y Axes after Open The rescale type for the y axes after open can be modified for each y axis independently via the context menu of the y Axes Area in order to overwrite the global setting of the MTC yt T001 Rescale y Axes after Open Description Yes In
316. s opens the Select Style dialog for the according row In case different styles are not supported by a row a double click into the Example col umn opens the Select Color dialog for the according row 2 2 3 16 4 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all styles back to their default settings Set as Standard Sets the current styles as standard styles for each new MTC yn T001 The styles of already exist ing MTC yn T001s are not being changed by this operation OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the styles within the dialog have been changed 2 2 3 17 Data Style Dialog 2 2 3 17 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Data Style dialog Style Parameters No Parameter Value 1 Line Type Default Line Color Default Line Strenath Default Mark Type Default Mark Color Default Mark Strength Default Rendering Mode N A Interpolation Mode Default Example Restore Defaults Figure 55 Example of a Data Style Dialog of a MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 107 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 3 17 2 SIPLUS CMS Style Parameters Table The Style Parameters table contains the visualization style parameters of the currently selected data
317. s over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 204 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 6 17 Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas The following screenshot shows the places within a MTC yx T001 onto which data can be dropped in order to open a new Monitoring Chart E ION AnalogInput T001 CHO Online Data with absolute Timestamps 2 10 oN AnalogInput TOD1 CHO2 online Data with absolute Timestamps 28 18 05 2 000 000 GMT 01 ION AnalogInput T001 CHO v LION AnalogInput T001 CHO3 V ION AnalogInput T001 CHO2 V AA GA gt S TON Analaginput TOOL CHO V il PS Figure 115 Dropping of Data in order to open a new Monitoring Chart The following screenshot shows the places within a MTC yx T001 onto which data can be dropped in order to add the data to the existing MTC yx T001 siogInput T001 CHO Online Data with absolute Timestamps 2011 01 28 18 05 33 ON Analo agInput TOO CHOZ c Online Data v vith abs solute Times stamps 2011 01 2 2 EDEN N ION AnalogInput T001 CHO V T 1 t i Z L ION AnalogInput T001 CHO3 V chik ook oo ION AnalogInput T001 CHO2 V oe Er EE A S S Sm a L ION Analoglnput TOO1 CHO1 P
318. scale mode for the x axis after an action is set to No the MTC Orbit T001 does not touch the scaling of its x axis after an external action has modified the displayed and leaves it at the current values Rescale y Axis after Open Rescale y Axis after Open Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the y axis after open is set to Yes the MTC Orbit T001 automati cally rescales its y axis after the Monitoring View File has been opened so that all values from all data of the y axis become visible No In case the rescale mode for the y axis after open is set to No the MTC Orbit T001 does not touch the scaling of its y axis after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored values from the Monitoring View File Rescale y Axis after Action Rescale y Axis after Action Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the y axis after an action is set to Yes the MTC Orbit T001 auto matically rescales the y axis after an external action has modified the displayed data so that all values from the y axis become visible The following actions result in an automatic rescale of the y axis in case this mode is chosen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC Orbit T001 No In case the rescale mode for the y axis after an action is set to No the MTC Orbit T00
319. screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale t Axis dialog Manual scale t Axis Parameters Parameter Value Auto scale Axis Off Time Input Mode Time Interval and Maximum Time Minimum Time Format Text Minimum Time Value 2008 10 12 15 32 26 336 594 864 Time Interval Format s Time Interval Value 18 643 Maximum Time Format Text 2008 10 12 15 32 44 973 594 854 Scale Linear Auto set Scaling Interval On Scaling Interval Format N Maximum Time Value Scaling Interval Minor Scaling Divider N None Figure 94 Example of a Manual scale t Axis Dialog of a MTC yt T001 2 2 5 13 2 t Axis Parameters Table The t Axis Parameters table contains the parameters of a currently selected t axis Parameter Description Auto scale Axis allows to switch between the available auto scale axis modes currently only Off is available Time Input Mode allows to switch between the available time input modes Minimum Time Format allows to switch between the available input formats for the minimum time Minimum Time Value allows to enter the minimum time of the scaling Time Interval Format allows to switch between the available input formats of the time interval Time Interval Value allows to enter the time interval of the scaling Maximum Time Format allows to switch between the available input formats for the maximum time Maximum Time Value allows to
320. scription On In this mode the MTC Orbit T001 constantly sets the scaling interval of the y axis according to the currently displayed value interval Off In this mode the MTC Orbit T001 uses the specified Scaling Interval and Scaling Interval Expo nent parameters for the scaling interval of the y axis In case the specified parameters would lead to overlapping numbers the automatic scaling interval is being used automatically until the speci fied parameters allow a valid scaling again English Release 2012 09 441214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 1 15 3 SIPLUS CMS Menu Bar Menu Button Description OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed 2 2 1 16 Manual scale Renderer Dialog 2 2 1 16 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale Renderer dialog Renderer Parameters No Parameter Target Slider 2 Display Time Format 3 Display Time Value Rendered Points Value 1 Orbit 01 Orbit Online Data with absolute Timestamps Test 2011 07 20 16 48 21 827 800 000 Maximum use all Data Values Cancel Figure 17 Example of a Manual scale Renderer Dialog of a MTC Orbit T00
321. scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the slider button of the Slider Area The actual operation is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down moves the slider button left into the past o incase the current begin time of the displayed interval already is the oldest available point in time or older mouse wheel down does not change the currently displayed interval e mouse wheel up moves the slider button right into the future o incase the current end time of the displayed interval already is the newest available point in time or newer mouse wheel up does not change the currently displayed in terval e Shift mouse wheel down zooms out of the slider button from the current x position of the mouse cursor e Shift mouse wheel up zooms into the slider button from the current x position of the mouse cursor Drag amp Drop of Data When an ynm compatible data is dropped into the Slider Area it is added to the currently present data of the MTC ynm T001 e left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation and adds the dragged data s to the default x y and z axes e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC ynm T0041 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation has been sta
322. se Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting of the measurement cursor is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse button down mouse move shifts the targeted measurement cursor to the new mouse position o incase the left mouse button was pressed above the horizontal line of the cursor the cursor is shifted only in vertical direction o incase the left mouse button was pressed above the vertical line of the cursor the cursor is shifted only in horizontal direction o incase the left mouse button was pressed above the point of intersection of both lines of the cursor the cursor is shifted in horizontal and vertical direction e the measurement cursor automatically snaps to the exact position of a known X0 YO or X1 Y1 position in case there is any close to the current mouse position o snapping is turned on in case the current mouse position is less than 5 pixels away from a known X0 YO or X1 Y1 position o when there are multiple positions of known X0 YO and or X1 Y1 positions close to the measurement cursor the measurement cursor snaps to the one position which is clos est to the position of the mouse cursor multiple data can share the same X0 YO and or X1 Y1 positions in this case the measurement cursor snaps t
323. second is defining the value on the y axis The rendering mode can be used in order to configure how the to be displayed value shall be calculated Rendering Mode Description Default This setting keeps the default value for the rendering mode of the data Average Value When the rendering mode is set to Average Value the arithmetic average value is taken as value for the visualization for both axes Minimal and Maximal Value x Axis When the rendering mode is set to Minimal and Maximal Value x Axis the following values are calculated for each calculation interval e smallest value of the x axis data e biggest value of the x axis data e average value of the y axis data In the visualization and in case the line type is set to Solid a horizontal line is drawn from the smallest to the biggest x value at the vertical position of the y value In order to connect two calcu lation intervals a line is drawn from the previous center of the horizontal line to the next center of the horizontal line Minimal and Maximal Value y Axis When the rendering mode is set to Minimal and Maximal Value y Axis the following values are calculated for each calculation interval e average value of the x axis data e smallest value of the y axis data e biggest value of the y axis data In the visualization and in case the line type is set to Solid a vertical line is drawn from the smallest to the
324. selected deselected after each other through combinations of the above methods in case there is a selection of items already and the user clicks onto any y axis which is not selected currently without pressing the lt Shift gt or lt Ctrl gt keys the currently selected items of the clicked Monitoring Chart are deselected and the clicked y axis becomes selected instead in case the left mouse button or the right mouse button is being pressed anywhere out side the y Axes Area the currently selected items of the clicked Monitoring Chart are de selected single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a zoom operation The actual zooming is performed when the mouse is moved left mouse button down mouse move down zooms out of the y axis from the y position where the left mouse button has been pressed left mouse button down mouse move up zooms into the y axis from the y position where the left mouse button has been pressed lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets the axes scaling back to the values which they had before the zooming operation had been started double click A double click of the left mouse button onto any y axis opens the Manual scale y Axis dialog for the y axis below the current mouse position English Release 2012 09 83 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via t
325. selected y axis Parameter Auto scale Axis Description allows to switch between the available auto scale axis modes Minimum Value allows to enter the minimum value of the scaling Minimum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported minimum value exponents Maximum Value allows to enter the maximum value of the scaling Maximum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported maximum value exponents Auto set Scaling Interval allows to switch between the available modes for the automatic scaling interval Scaling Interval allows to enter the scaling interval Scaling Interval Exponent allows to switch between the supported scaling interval exponents Minor Scaling Divider allows to switch between the available minor scaling dividers Auto scale Axis Auto scale Axis Description On In this mode the MTC Vector2D T001 constantly sets the scaling of the y axis so that all available values of the data at the y axis stay visible Off In this mode the MTC Vector2D T001 uses the specified Minimum Value and Maximum Value parameters for the scaling of the y axis English Release 2012 09 73 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Auto set Scaling Interval Auto set Scaling Interval Description On In this mode the MTC Vector2D T001 constantly sets the scaling interval of the y axis according to
326. sets all axes scaling back to the values which they had before the shift operation had been started Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the y Axis Area The actual operation is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down moves the y axis up e mouse wheel up moves the y axis down e Ctrl mouse wheel down zooms out of the y axis from the current y position of the mouse cursor e Ctrl mouse wheel up zooms into the y axis from the current y position of the mouse cursor Drag amp Drop of Data When a data is dropped onto an existing y axis it is added to the currently present x axis data as if the data would have been dropped directly into the Curve Area see point 2 2 6 2 Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show y Axis gt sets the visibility of the y Axis Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Auto scale Axis gt sets whether the y axis shall automatically adopt its scaling so that always the complete values of its contained data are visible Fit to Axis sets the scaling of the y axis so that the complete values of its contained data are visible Manual scale Renderer opens the Manual scale
327. shifts the current time interval to the future 10 of the full available time interval of the slider and determines the next newer timestamp from the x axis data of the slider as new end time of the displayed interval o incase the current end time of the displayed interval already is the newest available point in time or newer the right step button does not change the currently displayed interval o incase the newly determined end time would be after the newest available point in time the newest available point in time is being chosen as new end time o the new begin time of the displayed time interval is being set to new end time old time interval single click with keeping the button onto the left step button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto the left step button be haves like if the left step button would be clicked with the left mouse button constantly single click with keeping the button onto the right step button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto the right step button behaves like if the right step button would be clicked with the left mouse button constantly single click with keeping the button onto the left border of the slider button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto the left border of the slider button allows to modify the oldest displayed time e incase the mouse is moved to the lef
328. shot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Orbit T001 2 2 1 7 Toolbar Area The Toolbar Area displays the buttons which are provided for fast access to frequently used functionalities The following screenshot shows an example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC Orbit T001 Falk ae te ala Figure 8 Example of the Toolbar Area of a MTC Orbit T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click onto the On Off Meas urement Cursors button A single click of the left mouse button onto the On Off Measurement Cursors button toggles the measurement cursor between on and off single click onto the Undo button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Undo button undoes the last operation from the undo buffer single click onto the Redo button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Redo button redoes the last operation from the redo buffer single click onto the Continue Visuali zation button A single click of the left mouse button onto the Continue Visualization button continues the visuali zation This button applies to all currently present data independently to whether they are paused or run ning at the moment The Continue Visualization button sets the visualization of all data to running s
329. sing the button onto the left step button A single click of the left mouse button with releasing the button above the left step button shifts the currently displayed point in time into the past e the next older timestamp from the data at the time domain of the slider is being chosen as new current point in time o incase the current point in time already is the oldest available point in time the left step button does not change the current point in time any more single click with releasing the button onto the right step button A single click of the left mouse button with releasing the button above the right step button shifts the currently displayed point in time into the future e without additional keys being pressed the next newer timestamp from the data at the time domain of the slider is being chosen as new current point in time o incase the current point in time already is the newest available point in time the right step button does not change the current point in time any more single click with keeping the button onto the left step button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto the left step button be haves like if the left step button would be clicked with the left mouse button constantly single click with keeping the button onto the right step button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto the right step button behaves like if the right step
330. specified via the submenu of this item Show Data Sources gt specifies whether the legend trees shall display the name of the source server together with the data name or not Remove Data removes the selected data s from the MTC yx T001 Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yx T001 English Release 2012 09 188 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu items are provided for each y axis data Context Menu Item Description Show Legend gt sets the visibility of the legend to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Data Sources gt specifies whether the legend trees shall display the name of the source server together with the data name or not Move to x Axis moves the selected data s to the x axis Data Style opens the Data Style dialog for the selected data s Copy Data Style copies the style of the data below the current mouse position Paste Data Style pastes the currently copied data style onto the data below the current mouse position Center Cursor 1 gt sets the automatic centering of cursor 1 to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item the center point is calculated by the arithmetic average of the according y axis data y axis positi
331. stem SIPLUS CMS Drag amp Drop of Data During all Drag amp Drop of data into the Legend Area the following rules apply In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC yn T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC yn T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC yn T001 lt Shift gt can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC yn T001 lt Ctrl gt can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move e In order to add a data as root of a certain legend tree the desired data has to be dropped above the cur rent root data of the target legend tree In case multiple data take part in the current Drag amp Drop opera tion the first of them becomes the new root of the target legend tree and all others are listed directly be low it e norder to add a data in between two present data of the legend tree the desired data has to be dropped in between the two desired data of the target legend tree In case multiple data take part in the cur
332. t 18 Number of Harmonics 18 Number of Subharmonics 20 Number of Sidebands Restore Defaults Set as Standard Figure 53 Example of a Chart Options Dialog of a MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 102 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 3 15 2 SIPLUS CMS Chart Options Table The Chart Options table contains the chart options of the MTC yn T001 Parameter Description Chart Name allows to enter a name for the chart Time Domain allows to choose the time domain Time Base allows to choose the time base Show Background Grid allows to choose whether the background grid shall be shown within the Curve Area Show Legend allows to choose whether the Legend Area shall be shown Show Toolbar allows to choose whether the Toolbar Area shall be shown Show x Axes allows to choose whether the x Axes Area shall be shown Show y Axes allows to choose whether the y Axes Area shall be shown Show Sliders allows to choose whether the Slider Area shall be shown Rescale x Axes after Open allows to choose whether the x axes shall be scaled automatically after the Monitoring View File has been opened Rescale x Axes after Action allows to choose whether the x axes shall be scaled automatically after the displayed data have been modified outside the MTC yn T001 or after a
333. t saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yn T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Pause Visualization button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Pause Visualization pauses the visualization which stops the automatic update of all data Continue Visualization continues the visualization which continues the automatic update of all data Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yn T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Continue Visualization button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Pause Visualization pauses the visualization which stops the automatic update of all data Continue Visualization continues the visualization which continues the automatic update of all data Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yn T001 English Release 2012 09 92 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools
334. t the oldest displayed time is shifted into the past English Release 2012 09 123 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS o the left border of the slider button can not be dragged out of the left border of the Slider Area e incase the mouse is moved to the right the oldest displayed time is shifted into the future o the left border of the slider button can not be dragged out of the right border of the Slider Area o incase the left border of the slider button is dragged right to the right border of the slider button the right border of the slider button also is shifted to the same position as the left border of the slider button e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without modifying the oldest displayed time single click with keeping the button onto the right border of the slider button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto the right border of the slider button allows to modify the newest displayed time e incase the mouse is moved to the left the newest displayed time is shifted into the past o the right border of the slider button can not be dragged out of the left border of the Slider Area o incase the right border of the slider button is dragged left to the left border of the slider button the left border of the slider button also is shifted to the same position as the right border of the slider button in this case only the minim
335. t Ctrl gt lt gt zooms only out from the y axis lt y gt lt gt behaves like lt Ctrl gt lt gt lt Alt gt lt gt zooms only out from the z axis lt z gt lt gt zoom only out from the z axis lt F gt fits the scaling of all three directions simultaneously lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt undoes the latest operation from the undo buffer lt Shift gt lt Ctrl gt lt Z gt undoes all operations from the undo buffer lt Ctrl gt lt Y gt redoes the latest operation from the redo buffer lt Shift gt lt Ctrl gt lt Y gt redoes all operations from the redo buffer lt Esc gt when lt Esc gt is being pressed while a mouse operation e g rotating or scrolling is going on the ongoing operation is cancelled lt Cursor left gt moves the currently selected cursor to the next lower element in x direction lt Cursor right gt moves the currently selected cursor to the next higher element in x direction lt Cursor down gt moves the currently selected cursor to the next lower element in z direction lt Cursor up gt moves the currently selected cursor to the next higher element in z direction lt 1 gt sets the cursor 1 as currently selected cursor lt 2 gt sets the cursor 2 as currently selected cursor Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left m
336. t Ctrl gt mouse wheel down moves all curves within the Curve Area up o lt y gt mouse wheel down behaves like Ctrl mouse wheel down e Ctrl mouse wheel up moves all curves within the Curve Area down o lt y gt mouse wheel up behaves like Ctrl mouse wheel up Drag amp Drop of Data When a time series data is dropped into the Curve Area it is added to the currently present data of the MTC Vector2D T001 left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation and adds the dragged data s to the legend In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC Vector2D T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC Vector2D T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC Vector2D T001 Shift can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC Vector2D T001 Ctrl can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move English Release 2012 09 50 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS
337. t restarts stops and starts the currently selected items Pause pauses the currently selected items Continue continues the currently selected items Stop stops the currently selected items The following icons are provided and indicate the current status of each Monitoring View Icon Description B stopped The Monitoring View is stopped and does not perform any operations B started The Monitoring View is started and creates a report E paused When the Monitoring View is paused it finishes an eventually already started report and does not create any further reports until it is being continued B suspended The Monitoring View is suspended because it has detected an error condition e g because the trigger data became unavailable The Monitoring View will resume after the error condition has been solved In case the Monitoring View is suspended and its according Monitoring View File at the disk is being updated the updated Monitoring View File is being loaded and the Monitoring View uses the updated configuration for its further processing a triggering The Monitoring View is triggering and does not create a report yet As soon as the specified start event occurs the creation of the report is being started 2 1 13 Libraries Branch The Libraries Branch of each connected X Tools Server provides all of the libraries which are available for the Monitoring System 2 1 14 Monitoring Process Mo
338. t zooms out at all x and y axes simultaneously the new scaling interval is the double of the old scaling interval and the center of the zooming is the current mouse position Chart Options opens the Chart Options dialog Copy Chart Options copies the options of the MTC yn T001 below the current mouse position Paste Chart Options pastes the currently copied MTC yn T001 options onto the MTC yn T001 below the current mouse position Chart Styles opens the Chart Styles dialog Copy Chart Styles copies the styles of the MTC yn T001 below the current mouse position Paste Chart Styles pastes the currently copied MTC yn T001 styles onto the MTC yn T001 below the current mouse position Show Background Grid gt sets the visibility of the background grid to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Legend gt sets the visibility of the Legend Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the Toolbar Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show x Axes gt sets the visibility of the x Axes Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show y Axes gt sets the visibility of the y Axes Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Show Sliders gt sets the visibility of the Slider Area to the state whi
339. ted through a left mouse button click e left mouse button down above any y axis selects the below y axis e incase the left mouse button or the right mouse button is being pressed anywhere out side the y Axis Area the currently selected items of the clicked Monitoring Chart are de selected single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a zoom operation The actual zooming is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse button down mouse move down zooms out of the y axis from the y position where the left mouse button has been pressed e left mouse button down mouse move up zooms into the y axis from the y position where the left mouse button has been pressed e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets the axes scaling back to the values which they had before the zooming operation had been started double click A double click of the left mouse button onto any y axis opens the Manual scale y Axis dialog for the y axis below the current mouse position Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the y Axis Area opens the context menu for the y Axis Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button
340. ter Value 1 Auto scale Axis Off 2 Minimum Value 3 794 3 Minimum Value Exponent 0 4 Maximum Value 4 604 5 Maximum Value Exponent 0 B Auto set Scaling Interval On 7 Scaling Interval NA 8 Scaling Interval Exponent N A 3 Minor Scaling Divider None Figure 113 Example of a Manual scale y Axis Dialog of a MTC yx T001 2 2 6 15 2 y Axis Parameters Table The y Axis Parameters table contains the parameters of a currently selected y axis Parameter Description Auto scale Axis allows to switch between the available auto scale axis modes Minimum Value allows to enter the minimum value of the scaling Minimum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported minimum value exponents Maximum Value allows to enter the maximum value of the scaling Maximum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported maximum value exponents Auto set Scaling Interval allows to switch between the available modes for the automatic scaling interval Scaling Interval allows to enter the scaling interval Scaling Interval Exponent allows to switch between the supported scaling interval exponents Minor Scaling Divider allows to switch between the available minor scaling dividers Auto scale Axis Auto scale Axis Description On In this mode the MTC yx T001 constantly sets the scaling of the y axis so that all available values of th
341. the available rendering modes Interpolation Mode allows to switch between the available interpolation modes Example displays an example curve according to the specified data style A value of Default can be assigned to each style parameter In case Default is being chosen the according value from the Chart Styles dialog is being used for the visualization of the data Rendering Mode From the point of view of the MTC yt T001 each column of pixels at the screen represents a time interval The start time and stop time of the represented time interval depend to the total amount of available columns of pix els and to the time interval which has to be visualized within these columns As for each time interval of a column of pixels there may be more than one measurement value available the rendering must be used in order to calculate the value which shall be visualized for each column of pixels In case there is no measurement value available within the time interval of a column of pixels the rendering does not deliver any value for the visualization The interpolation mode is used then in order to define how two succeeding rendered values have to be connected together Rendering Mode Description Default This setting keeps the default value for the rendering mode of the data Fast When the rendering mode is set to Fast the value of the last known measurement within the time interval o
342. the default x and y axes e Alt left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation creates a new x and a new y axis and adds the dragged data s to these new axes e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC yn T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC yn T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC yn T001 Shift can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC yn T001 Ctrl can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move Data of other types are handled according to the definitions which are found later in this document Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show Sliders gt sets the visibility of the Slider Area to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Pause Visualization pauses the visualization which pauses the automatic time shift of the according time domain Continue Visualization continues the visualizati
343. the input focus at the moment Restore Measurement Cursors restores the positions of the measurement cursors so that both of them are visible at the screen again Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC ynm T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Undo button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Undo undoes the last operation from the undo buffer Undo all undoes all operations from the undo buffer Clear Undo Redo Buffer removes all entries from the undo redo buffer of the MTC ynm T001 Change Undo Redo Buffer Size opens the Chart Options dialog sets the input focus to the Undo Redo Buffer Size edit control and puts it into editing mode Close Chart closes the MTC ynm T001 English Release 2012 09 131 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual The following specific context m 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS enu items are provided for the Redo button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Redo redoes the last operation from the redo buffer Redo all redoes al
344. the last o incase there is no x axis selected at the moment only the below x axis is selected e multiple x axes can be selected deselected after each other through combinations of the e incase there is a selection of items already and the user clicks onto any x axis which is not selected currently without pressing the Shift or Ctrl keys the currently selected items of the clicked Monitoring Chart are deselected and the clicked x axis becomes selected e in case the left mouse button or the right mouse button is being pressed anywhere out side the x Axes Area the currently selected items of the clicked Monitoring Chart are de zooming is performed when the mouse is moved where the left mouse button has been pressed where the left mouse button has been pressed they had before the zooming operation had been started single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a zoom operation The actual e left mouse button down mouse move right zooms out of the x axis from the x position e left mouse button down mouse move left zooms into the x axis from the x position e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets the axes scaling back to the values which the x axis below the current mouse position double click A double click of the left mouse button onto any x axis opens the Manual scale x Axis dialog for Operations via the Right Mouse Bu
345. the undo redo buffer of the MTC Vector2D T001 Change Undo Redo Buffer Size opens the Chart Options dialog sets the input focus to the Undo Redo Buffer Size edit control and puts it into editing mode Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Vector2D T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Redo button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Redo Redo all redoes the last operation from the redo buffer redoes all operations from the redo buffer Clear Undo Redo Buffer removes all entries from the undo redo buffer of the MTC Vector2D T001 Change Undo Redo Buffer Size opens the Chart Options dialog sets the input focus to the Undo Redo Buffer Size edit control and puts it into editing mode Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Vector2D T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Pause Visualization button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item P
346. the visualization of online data is running not paused the left and right borders of the affected slider button are constantly updated so that they represent the currently available time interval of their time axis Displayed Times Below the right border of each slider the current time of the slider button is being displayed In case the visualization of online data is running not paused the displayed current time is constantly updated English Release 2012 09 85 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button onto the left step button A single click of the left mouse button with releasing the button above the left step button shifts the currently displayed point in time into the past e the next older timestamp from all of the data at the time domain of the slider is being cho sen as new Current point in time o incase the current point in time already is the oldest available point in time the left step button does not change the current point in time any more single click with releasing the button onto the right step button A single click of the left mouse button with releasing the button above the right step button shifts the currently displayed point in time into the future e without additional keys
347. the y axis which is providing the horizontal background grid lines this context menu is enabled for numerical y axes only Set Default Axis sets the y axis from which the context menu has been called as the y axis which is the default y axis for newly dragged data Set Axis Type gt sets the type of the y axis from which the context menu has been called to the type which is speci fied via the submenu of this item the default value is dependent to the type of the data which has been dragged onto the y axes as first data and matches the type of this first dragged data Manual scale y Axis opens the Manual scale y Axis dialog for the selected y axes Copy y Axis Scaling copies the scaling of the y axis below the current mouse position Paste y Axis Scaling pastes the currently copied y axis scaling onto the y axis below the current mouse position Rescale y Axis after Open gt sets the rescale type of the y axis after opening of the Monitoring View File to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Rescale y Axis after Action gt sets the rescale type of the y axis after an action to the type which is specified via the submenu of this item Remove Axis removes all selected y axes with all of their data from the MTC yt T001 Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View C
348. threshold is detected Interval Type Interval Type Description Join Interval In case of this interval type the trigger is waiting until the specified interval is joined Leave Interval In case of this interval type the trigger is waiting until the specified interval is left Inside Interval In case of this interval type the trigger is waiting until a value inside the interval is detected Outside Interval In case of this interval type the trigger is waiting until a value outside the interval is detected English Release 2012 09 212 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 3 3 6 Action Area The Action Area contains all of the Monitoring Charts of the current Monitoring View Each present Monitoring Chart can be configured individually or synchronized with other Monitoring Charts within the same Monitoring View Via Drag amp Drop additional Monitoring Charts and additional data can be dragged into the Monitoring View The Monitoring Charts within a Monitoring View can be arranged like all other windows of the X Tools Client within their according parent windows 2 3 3 7 Cursor Area Each cursor table is represented within the Cursor Area via a separated table There may be multiple cursor tables present in case Monitoring Charts of different type are present within the Action Area A detailed description of the cursor table of each Monit
349. tion The data curve always is visualized from the last rendered value to the newer time horizontally until the next rendered value In case a next rendered value is not available the last rendered value is extended horizontally to the newer time English Release 2012 09 169 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 5 11 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all styles back to their default settings OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the styles within the dialog have been changed 2 2 5 12 Select Style Dialog 2 2 5 12 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Select Style dialog Style Parameters 1 Line Type Line Color Line Strength Mark Type 5 Mark Color B Mark Strength Rendering Mode Minimal and Maximal Value 8 Interpolation Mode Stairs Restore Defaults Cancel Figure 93 Example of a Select Style Dialog of a MTC yt T001 The functionality of the Select Style dialog matches the functionality of the Data Style dialog see point 2 2 5 11 English Release 2012 09 170 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 5 13 Manual scale t Axis Dialog 2 2 5 13 1 Overview The following
350. tion and sets the axes scaling back to the values which they had before the zooming operation had been started double click A double click of the left mouse button onto any x axis opens the Manual scale x Axis dialog for the x axis below the current mouse position Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the x Axis Area opens the context menu for the x Axis Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move right moves the x axis right e right mouse button down mouse move left moves the x axis left e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets all axes scaling back to the values which they had before the shift operation had been started Shifting of the x Axis Area is possible only in case the origin is not locked Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the x Axes Area The actual opera tion is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wh
351. tions via the Right Mouse Button The following operation can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Slider Area opens the context menu for the Slider Area Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the Slider Area The actual operation is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down moves the slider button left into the past o incase the current begin time of the displayed interval already is the oldest available point in time or older mouse wheel down does not change the currently displayed interval e mouse wheel up moves the slider button right into the future o incase the current end time of the displayed interval already is the newest available point in time or newer mouse wheel up does not change the currently displayed in terval English Release 2012 09 86 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Drag amp Drop of Data When an yn compatible data is dropped into the Slider Area it is added to the currently present data of the MTC yn T001 e left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation and adds the dragged data s to
352. tly displayed value interval Off In this mode the MTC Vector2D T001 uses the specified Scaling Interval and Scaling Interval Exponent parameters for the scaling interval of the x axis In case the specified parameters would lead to overlapping numbers the automatic scaling interval is being used automatically until the specified parameters allow a valid scaling again English Release 2012 09 72 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 2 14 3 Menu Bar Menu Button Description OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the set tings within the dialog have been changed 2 2 2 15 Manual scale y Axis Dialog 2 2 2 15 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Manual scale y Axis dialog y Axis Parameters No Parameter Value 1 Auto set Scaling Interval Auto scale Axis Off Minimum Value 4 256 Minimum Value Exponent 0 Maximum Value 4 256 Maximum Value Exponent 0 On Scaling Interval N Scaling Interval Exponent N A Minor Scaling Divider None Cancel Figure 34 Example of a Manual scale y Axis Dialog of a MTC Vector2D T001 2 2 2 15 2 y Axis Parameters Table The y Axis Parameters table contains the parameters of a currently
353. tly present data of this y axis left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation and adds the dragged data s to the y axis below the current mouse position and to the default x axis Alt left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation creates a new y axis and adds the dragged data s to this new y axis and to the default x axis In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC yn T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC yn T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC yn T001 Shift can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC yn T001 Ctrl can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move English Release 2012 09 84 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System Context Menu SIPLUS CMS The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Show y Axes gt sets the visibility of the y Axes Area to the state which is specified vi
354. tly selected cursor lt Cursor left gt moves the currently selected cursor to the left lt Cursor right gt moves the currently selected cursor to the right Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a zoom operation While the left mouse button is kept down a rectangle from the position where the left mouse button has been pressed to the current position of the mouse cursor is shown in order to indicate the zooming area The actual zooming is performed when the left mouse button is released e left mouse button down mouse move zooms into the specified area of the x and y axes simultaneously e Shift left mouse button down mouse move zooms only into the specified area of the x axes o lt x gt left mouse button down mouse move behaves like Shift left mouse but ton down mouse move e lt Ctrl gt left mouse button down mouse move zooms only into the specified area of the y axes o lt y gt left mouse button down mouse move behaves like Ctrl left mouse but ton down mouse move e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation without changing of any axis scaling English Release 2012 09 78 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05
355. to perform a copy instead of a move A horizontal bar shows where exactly the currently dragged data would be dropped The bar always is being displayed between the two existing legend tree entries where the first of the currently dragged data will be inserted or at the top or at the bottom of the existing legend tree in case the mouse cursor is above or below the current legend tree In order to insert the currently dragged data as x axis data the position bar must be placed at the very left of the legend area In order to insert the currently dragged data as y axis data the position bar must be placed with a small space from the very left of the legend area In order to remove a data from the legend tree with the mouse the desired data has to be dragged to any position within the X Tools Client which does not accept data In order to drag a data from the legend tree to another area of the MTC yx T001 the desired data has to be dragged from its legend tree to the target area This functionality can be used in order to copy move the data onto another legend tree or to create a new x or y axis for it The actual operation which is performed depends to the area of the MTC yx T001 where the dragged data is dropped Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided for each x axis data Context Menu Item Description Show Legend gt sets the visibility of the legend to the state which is
356. tton The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description context menu for the x Axes Area single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the x Axes Area opens the shifting is performed when the mouse is moved they had before the shift operation had been started single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual e right mouse button down mouse move right moves the x axis right e right mouse button down mouse move left moves the x axis left e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets all axes scaling back to the values which English Release 2012 09 81 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the x Axes Area The actual opera tion is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down moves the x axis left e mouse wheel up moves the x axis right e Shift mouse wheel down zooms out of the x axis from the current x position of the mouse cursor e Shift mouse wheel up zooms into the x axis from the current x position of
357. tyle Dialog ierant Ed bae inde bed eed debe a De co edd 199 UI do in 199 Sile Parameters Table i eee ai 200 Menu Bar epu neu ke ie cog tial eni tue did ca 200 Select Style Dialog ee ee D ere Be edt e e e P oe e ied d a 201 OVGEVIOW m 5 NE pida distin mon btt edet Re bte ipta diete eee ata ipte a tA 201 Manual scale x Axis Dialog sssssesseseeeeeeenen nennen nens 201 e ENE a eta E as Ana 201 x Axis Parameters Table iride ene te plo eine ei e dee eae 202 Menu Bar iege eene nip 202 Manual scale y Axis Dialog ssssssssseeeeee enne nennen nennen enne 203 OVGEVIQW caier c eb gsteshl ben lindaa intacta 203 8 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 6 15 2 y Axis Parameters Table 5 nei mn HR Doe n oq n 203 2 2 6 15 3 Menu Ba tute E ii o p eS 204 2 2 6 16 Manual scale Renderer Dialog ssssssseeeenm enm nennen nens 204 2 2 6 16 1 OVGrVIOQW niti tette e e t ee e Re Lo e tee e E rcd eet o Rt 204 2 2 6 16 2 Renderer Parameters Table ii e ee RE RAE MR aaa 204 2 2 6 16 3 MIB 204 2 2 6 17 Drag amp Drop sensitive Areas dn tbe tad irte 205 2 3 Monitoring View Editors 2 eet e d pe det edd etg tele 206 2 3 1 OVA eed etd ded dde bd e nea ple d edd cs 206 2 3 2 Common GOhtrols lt a iaa 206 2 3 2 1 OVeOIVIQW t dert eer eic eH Pee uta riso etit eis 206 2 3 2 2 Monitoring View Settings Table sssssseeeeen em emen eren 20
358. u Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Pause Visualization pauses the visualization which stops the automatic update of all data Continue Visualization continues the visualization which continues the automatic update of all data Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yx T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Continue Visualization button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Pause Visualization pauses the visualization which stops the automatic update of all data Continue Visualization continues the visualization which continues the automatic update of all data Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC yx T001 The following specific context m enu items are provided for the Store Data Snapshot button Context Menu Item Description Show Toolbar gt sets the visibility of the toolbar to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Store Data Sna
359. ual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 2 4 y Axis Area The y Axis Area of the MTC Vector2D T001 is used in order to display the scaling of the present y axis Via mouse operations the user is able to zoom scroll and maintain the available data The following screenshot shows an example of the y Axis Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 Figure 23 Example of the y Axis Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button Single and multiple y axis can be selected deselected through a left mouse button click e left mouse button down above any y axis selects the below y axis e incase the left mouse button or the right mouse button is being pressed anywhere out side the y Axis Area the currently selected items of the clicked Monitoring Chart are de selected single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a zoom operation The actual zooming is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse button down mouse move down zooms out of the y axis from the y position where the left mouse button has been pressed e left mouse button down mouse move up zooms into the y axis from the y position where the left mouse button has been pressed e Esc cancels the current operation and sets the axes scaling back to the
360. uble click into the Color column of this control opens the Select Color dialog for the according row A double click into the Example column of this control opens the Select Style dialog for the according row 2 2 4 12 3 Styles of Controls Table The Styles of Controls table contains the styles of the controls of the MTC ynm T001 Parameter Description Chart Background displays the currently chosen color for the chart background Background Grid displays the currently chosen style for the background grid Cursor 1 displays the currently chosen color for the first cursor Cursor 2 displays the currently chosen color for the second cursor Axes Color displays the currently chosen color for the axes Text of selected Items Active displays the currently chosen color of the text of active selected items Text of selected Items Inactive displays the currently chosen color of the text of inactive selected items Background of selected Items Active displays the currently chosen color of the background of active selected items ee of selected Items Inac displays the currently chosen color of the background of inactive selected items ive A double click into the Color column of any row opens the Select Color dialog for the according row A double click into the Example column of a row which supports different styles opens the Select Style dialog for the according row In case different styles are not supported b
361. ubmenu of this item Update Display Time after Action gt sets the update type of the display time after an action to the type which is specified via the sub menu of this item Print Screenshot prints the screenshot of the Monitoring View Save Screenshot saves the screenshot of the Monitoring View Close Chart closes the MTC Vector2D T001 2 2 2 6 Legend Area The Legend Area displays all of the data which are present within the MTC Vector2D T001 at the moment The following screenshot shows an example of the Legend Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 Vector 1 Vector 2 Vector 3 Vector 4 Vector 5 Vector 6 Figure 25 Example of the Legend Area of a MTC Vector2D T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button Selecting of data within the Legend Area is performed identically to the selecting of items within the other trees of the X Tools Client In case a data within the Legend Area is being selected all items of other type e g x axis and y axis of the clicked Monitoring Chart are deselected automatically single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button down onto any text within the Leg end Area starts a Drag amp Drop operation for the currently selected data s as soon as the
362. ues from all data of the y axis become visible No In case the rescale mode for the y axis after open is set to No the MTC yx T001 does not touch the scaling of its y axis after the Monitoring View File has been opened and leaves it at the stored values from the Monitoring View File Rescale y Axis after Action Rescale y Axis after Action Description Yes In case the rescale mode for the y axis after an action is set to Yes the MTC yx T001 automati cally rescales the y axis after an external action has modified the displayed data so that all values from the y axis become visible The following actions result in an automatic rescale of the y axis in case this mode is chosen e another part of a contained data has been opened appended overwritten e acontained data has been recalculated e another data is added to the MTC yx T001 No In case the rescale mode for the y axis after an action is set to No the MTC yx T001 does not touch the scaling of its y axis after an external action has modified the displayed data and leaves it at the current values English Release 2012 09 196 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Update Display Time after Open Update Display Time after Open Description Yes In case the update mode for the display time after open is set to Yes the MTC yx T001 auto matically sets its display time to 10 seconds after the Monitoring View F
363. um Value Minimum Value Exponent r 0 4 Maximum Value 18 302 5 Maximum Value Exponent 0 6 Auto set Scaling Interval On 7 Scaling Interval N 8 Scaling Interval Exponent N A 9 Minor Scaling Divider None Cancel Figure 112 Example of a Manual scale x Axis Dialog of a MTC yx T001 English Release 2012 09 201 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System 2 2 6 14 2 SIPLUS CMS x Axis Parameters Table The x Axis Parameters table contains the parameters of a currently selected x axis Parameter Description Auto scale Axis allows to switch between the available auto scale axis modes Minimum Value allows to enter the minimum value of the scaling Minimum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported minimum value exponents Maximum Value allows to enter the maximum value of the scaling Maximum Value Exponent allows to switch between the supported maximum value exponents Auto set Scaling Interval allows to switch between the available modes for the automatic scaling interval Scaling Interval allows to enter the scaling interval Scaling Interval Exponent allows to switch between the supported scaling interval exponents Minor Scaling Divider allows to switch between the available minor scaling dividers Auto scale Axis Auto scale Axis Description On In this m
364. up automati cally when they are created Auto scroll Cursors Running allows to choose whether the cursors of running visualizations shall scroll automatically with the t axis Auto scroll Cursors Paused allows to choose whether the cursors of paused visualizations shall scroll automatically with the t axis Undo Redo Buffer Size allows to enter the total size of undo redo operations which shall be remembered by the MTC yt T001 Data Snapshot Scope allows to choose whether data snapshots shall store only the data from the currnet Monitoring Chart or from the whole Monitoring View Chart Name The Chart Name is used by other modules in order to identify a certain MTC yt T001 Within the current Moni toring View the Chart Name of each MTC yt T001 must be unique Time Domain The following time domains are supported by the Chart Options dialog of the MTC yt T001 e Online Data with absolute Timestamps e Offline Data with absolute Timestamps e Offline Data with relative Timestamps The Time Domain cell displays the time domain which is currently being used by all t axes of the MTC yt T001 In case more than one time domain is being used currently the Time Domain cell stays empty When another time domain is being chosen via the Time Domain cell the chosen time domain is applied to all of the t axes of the MTC yt T001 As a result all t axes use the data with the known name and specified time domai
365. use button onto any text within the Legend Area opens the Data Style dialog for the data below the current mouse position English Release 2012 09 29 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Legend Area opens the context menu for the Legend Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button above the Legend Area starts a shift operation for the legend texts The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move down moves the Legend Area down e right mouse button down mouse move up moves the Legend Area up e Esc cancels the current operation and sets the position of the Legend Area back to the place which it had before the shift operation had been started The shifting of the legend texts is enabled only in case not all of the available legend texts fit into the currently available vertical space Drag amp Drop of Data During all Drag amp Drop of data into the Legend Area the following rules apply In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC Orbit T001 onto which the drop is perf
366. use move shifts both measurement cursors horizontally simultaneously with keeping the value distance between them The values which are displayed by the Frequency Markers table are updated automatically while the shifting is performed English Release 2012 09 97 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Context Menu The following context menu items are provided for each Frequency Marker Context Menu Item Description Hide Frequency Marker hides the frequency marker from which the context menu has been called Show Harmonics gt sets the visibility of the harmonics of the frequency marker to the state which is specified via the submenu of this item Change Number of Harmonics opens the Configure Frequency Markers dialog and puts the Number of Harmonics cell of the frequency marker into editing mode Change Position opens the Configure Frequency Markers dialog and puts the Value cell of the frequency marker into editing mode 2 2 3 11 Using of Cursors and Markers 2 2 3 11 1 The currently selected Cursor Whenever a cursor or marker is moved via the mouse it becomes the currently selected cursor The currently selected cursor also can be chosen via the context menus of the Toolbar see point 2 2 3 7 and via the key board see point 2 2 3 2 The position of the currently selected cursor can be changed and restored via lt Cursor left gt lt Cursor r
367. utton down mouse move shifts the targeted measurement cursor horizon tally to the new mouse position The values which are displayed by the Measurement Cursors table are updated automatically while the measurement cursor is shifted Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting of the measurement cursors is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move shifts both measurement cursors horizontally simultaneously with keeping the time interval between them The values which are displayed by the Measurement Cursors table are updated automatically while the measurement cursors are shifted 2 2 5 8 Measurement Cursors Table The Measurement Cursors table contains the measurement values of all MTC yt T001s which are present within the parent Monitoring View Editor The following screenshot shows an example for the Measurement Cursors table for a MTC yt T001 Measurement Cursors MTC yt T001 No Chart Data Unit T1 Text Yl Y2 Y2Yl Min Max 1 Online Data ION Analoglnput T001 CHO1 Y 2012 07 3018 00 22 255 396 182 0 502 6 973 7 475 8 845 98 912 2 Online Data ION Analoglnput T001 CHO1 V 2012 07 30 17 59 48 891 425 59
368. values which they had before the zooming operation had been started double click A double click of the left mouse button onto any y axis opens the Manual scale y Axis dialog for the y axis below the current mouse position English Release 2012 09 541214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the y Axis Area opens the context menu for the y Axis Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move down moves the y axis down e right mouse button down mouse move up moves the y axis up e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets all axes scaling back to the values which they had before the shift operation had been started Shifting of the y Axis Area is possible only in case the origin is not locked Operations via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the y Axis Area The actual
369. vertical axis from the middle of the vertical axis o lt y gt mouse wheel down behaves like Ctrl mouse wheel down e Ctrl mouse wheel up zooms only into the vertical axis from the middle of the vertical axis o lt y gt mouse wheel up behaves like Ctrl mouse wheel up e Alt mouse wheel down zooms only out from the depth axis from the middle of the depth axis o lt z gt mouse wheel down behaves like Alt mouse wheel down e Alt mouse wheel up zooms only into the depth axis from the middle of the depth axis o lt z gt mouse wheel up behaves like Alt mouse wheel up Drag amp Drop of Data When an ynm compatible data is dropped into the Curve Area it is added to the currently present data of the MTC ynm T001 English left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation and adds the dragged data s to the default x y and z axes In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC ynm T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC ynm T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the M
370. via the Mouse Wheel The following operations can be performed via the mouse wheel Operation Description scrolling Scrolling with the mouse wheel can be used to shift or zoom the y Axes Area The actual opera tion is performed when the mouse wheel is scrolled e mouse wheel down moves the y axis up e mouse wheel up moves the y axis down e Ctrl mouse wheel down zooms out of the y axis from the current y position of the mouse cursor e Ctrl mouse wheel up zooms into the y axis from the current y position of the mouse cursor English Release 2012 09 154 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Drag amp Drop of Data When a data is dropped onto an existing y axis it is added to the currently present data of this y axis left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation and adds the dragged data s to the y axis below the current mouse position and to the default t axis lt Alt gt left mouse button up ends the Drag amp Drop operation creates a new y axis and adds the dragged data s to this new y axis and to the default t axis In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC yt T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC yt T001 onto which the drop is per
371. width While this setting is being turned on it is not possible to change the width of the present columns No In case this parameter is set to No each Monitoring Chart calculates the width of its Curve Area separately and without considering of the other possible present Monitoring Charts English Release 2012 09 210 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Keep Cursors synchronized Keep Cursors synchronized Description Yes In case this parameter is set to Yes the cursors of all compatible Monitoring Charts are kept aligned so that moving and turning on off of a cursor within one Monitoring Chart is being propa gated to all related Monitoring Chart automatically e whenever a cursor is being moved within one Monitoring Chart the position of the cursor in time is being propagated to all t axis of matching groups within the other present Moni toring Charts o this is valid for all t axes groups within the Monitoring Chart within which the cursor is being moved o thecursors of all Monitoring Chart are being updated immediately when the cursor is being moved not only at the end of the moving operation e incase the cursors are being turned on off within one Monitoring Chart the cursors also are being turned on off within all other Monitoring Charts which contain t axes of match ing groups e example 1 o Monitoring Chart 1 contains the t axes group G1 o Monitoring Cha
372. without changing of any axis scaling English Release 2012 09 148 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS Operations via the Right Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the right mouse button Operation Description single click with releasing the button A single click of the right mouse button with releasing the button above the Curve Area opens the context menu for the Curve Area single click with keeping the button A single click of the right mouse button with keeping the button starts a shift operation The actual shifting is performed when the mouse is moved e right mouse button down mouse move moves all curves within the Curve Area into the direction of the mouse move o when the Shift key is being pressed during the shift operation the curves are shifted only in horizontal direction when x key is being pressed during the shift operation the behavior is like if the Shift key is being pressed during the shift operation o when the Ctrl key is being pressed during the shift operation the curves are shifted only in vertical direction when lt y gt key is being pressed during the shift operation the behavior is like if the Shift key is being pressed during the shift operation e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets all axes scaling back to the values which they had before the shift operation
373. x axis selected at the moment only the below x axis is selected e multiple x axis can be selected deselected after each other through combinations of the above methods e incase there is a selection of items already and the user clicks onto any x axis which is not selected currently without pressing the Shift or Ctrl keys the currently selected items of the clicked Monitoring Chart are deselected and the clicked x axis becomes selected instead e incase the left mouse button or the right mouse button is being pressed anywhere out side the x Axis Area the currently selected items of the clicked Monitoring Chart are de selected single click with keeping the button A single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts a zoom operation The actual zooming is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse button down mouse move right zooms out of the x axis from the x position where the left mouse button has been pressed e left mouse button down mouse move left zooms into the x axis from the x position where the left mouse button has been pressed e Esc cancels the current operation and sets the axes scaling back to the values which they had before the zooming operation had been started double click A double click of the left mouse button onto any x axis opens the Manual scale x Axis dialog for the x axis below the current mouse position Operations via the Right Mouse Button
374. x axis value of the data at the position of cursor 1 Y1 contains the y axis value of the data at the position of cursor 1 x2 contains the x axis value of the data at the position of cursor 2 Y2 contains the y axis value of the data at the position of cursor 2 X2 X1 contains the difference in between X2 and X1 Y2 Y1 contains the difference in between Y2 and Y1 Norm XY contains the norm between the position of cursor 1 and the position of cursor 2 The contents of the Measurement Cursors table can be copied to the clipboard of Windows From there they can be inserted into any other compatible application English Release 2012 09 193 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 6 10 Chart Options Dialog 2 2 6 10 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Chart Options dialog Chart Options No D1 Chart Name Monitoring Chart 01 02 Time Domain Online Data with absolute Timestamps 03 Time Base Default Show Background Grid Yes 05 Show Legend Yes DB Show Toolbar Yes Show s Axis Yes 08 Show y Axis Yes 09 Show Sliders Yes Rescale x Axis after Open No Rescale x Axis after Action No Rescale y Axis after Open No 13 Rescale y Axis after Action No 14 Update Display Time after Open No Update Display Time after Action No 16 Undo Redo Buffer Size 99 Data Snapshot Scope Current Monitor
375. xample of the Measurement Cursors of a MTC ynm T001 Figure 70 Example of the Measurement Cursors of a MTC ynm T001 Operations via the Left Mouse Button The following operations can be performed via the left mouse button Operation Description single click with keeping the button In case the current mouse position is above the point of intersection of a measurement cursor a single click of the left mouse button with keeping the button starts to move the below measure ment cursor The actual moving is performed when the mouse is moved e left mouse button down mouse move left right down up moves the currently selected cursor below the current mouse position e lt Esc gt cancels the current operation and sets the position of the currently selected cursor back to the position which it had before the rotation operation had been started 2 2 4 10 Measurement Cursors Table The Measurement Cursors table contains the measurement values of all MTC ynm T001s which are present within the parent Monitoring View Editor The following screenshot shows an example for the Measurement Cursors table for a MTC ynm T001 Measurement Cursors MTC ynm T001 No Chart Data Unit xt dz v x2 z2 v2 x2x1 2221 v2yt 1 Offline Data H2D 01 H2DForSignals 3 000 0 800 0 000 3 000 2400 0 000 6 000 3200 0 000 Figure 71 Example of a Measurement Cursors table of a MTC ynm T001 English Re
376. xis data automatically and all of the following data of equal time domain are added to the new x axis data In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started within the MTC yx T001 onto which the drop is performed a move operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below In case the current Drag amp Drop operation has been started outside the MTC yx T001 onto which the drop is performed a copy operation is being performed by default the default operation can be changed see below e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would copy the currently selected data into the MTC yx T001 lt Shift gt can be pressed in order to perform a move instead of a copy e Incase the current Drag amp Drop operation would move the currently selected data into the MTC yx T001 lt Ctrl gt can be pressed in order to perform a copy instead of a move Context Menu The following specific context menu items are provided Context Menu Item Description Fit to Chart sets the scaling of all t and y axes so that the complete values of all data within the MTC yx T001 become visible Fit to Charts sets the scaling of all Monitoring Charts within the parent Monitoring View Editor so that the complete values of all data within all Monitoring Charts become visible Zoom in zooms in at all t and y axes simultaneously the new scaling interval is half of the old scaling interval and the center o
377. y a row a double click into the Example col umn opens the Select Color dialog for the according row 2 2 4 12 4 Menu Bar Menu Button Description Restore Defaults Sets all styles back to their default settings Set as Standard Sets the current styles as standard styles for each new MTC ynm T001 The styles of already existing MTC ynm T001s are not being changed by this operation OK Closes the dialog and takes over all user inputs Cancel Closes the dialog and discards all user inputs Apply Takes over all user inputs without closing the dialog This control is enabled only in case the styles within the dialog have been changed English Release 2012 09 139 214 SIPLUS CMS X Tools User Manual 05 Monitoring System SIPLUS CMS 2 2 4 13 Data Style Dialog 2 2 4 13 1 Overview The following screenshot shows an example of a Data Style dialog Style Parameters INo Parameter Value O E Line Type Default E Default Default N N N N Restore Defaults Figure 74 Example of a Data Style Dialog of a MTC ynm T001 2 2 4 13 2 Style Parameters Table The Style Parameters table contains the visualization style parameters of the currently selected data Parameter Description Line Type allows to switch between the available line types Line Color allows to enter the desired line color Line Strength allows to switch between the available line strengths

SIPLUS CMS4000 X-Tools - User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents